WO2021124803A1 - Organic electroluminescent display device - Google Patents

Organic electroluminescent display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021124803A1
WO2021124803A1 PCT/JP2020/043544 JP2020043544W WO2021124803A1 WO 2021124803 A1 WO2021124803 A1 WO 2021124803A1 JP 2020043544 W JP2020043544 W JP 2020043544W WO 2021124803 A1 WO2021124803 A1 WO 2021124803A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
layer
liquid crystal
carbon atoms
mass
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2020/043544
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
柴田 直也
慶介 吉政
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to JP2021565401A priority Critical patent/JP7271721B2/en
Publication of WO2021124803A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021124803A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • G09F9/30Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05BELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
    • H05B33/00Electroluminescent light sources
    • H05B33/02Details
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05BELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
    • H05B33/00Electroluminescent light sources
    • H05B33/02Details
    • H05B33/04Sealing arrangements, e.g. against humidity
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
    • H10K59/80Constructional details
    • H10K59/8791Arrangements for improving contrast, e.g. preventing reflection of ambient light

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an organic electroluminescence (hereinafter, also abbreviated as "EL”) display device.
  • EL organic electroluminescence
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 propose the use of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound having a predetermined structure as a compound used for forming an optically anisotropic layer.
  • an organic light emitting element is vulnerable to oxygen and moisture, and a silicon nitride layer is often installed to block them. Therefore, the present inventors have produced a circularly polarizing plate having an optically anisotropic layer formed by using the polymerizable liquid crystal compounds described in Patent Documents 1 and 2, and use this circularly polarizing plate as an adhesive layer. It was clarified that the antireflection performance deteriorates when the obtained laminate is exposed to the conditions of high temperature and high humidity for a long time by arranging it on the silicon nitride layer.
  • the present inventors have clarified that a change in the degree of polarization and a change in the in-plane retardation (Re) occur in the failure occurrence region.
  • the fact that the change in the in-plane retardation is suppressed when the laminate is exposed to high humidity and high temperature is expressed as having excellent wet and heat durability.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide an organic electroluminescence display device having excellent wet and heat durability.
  • an organic electro that includes at least a circularly polarizing plate, an adhesive layer, a silicon nitride layer, a pair of electrodes, and an organic electroluminescence display device having an organic light emitting layer sandwiched between them in this order.
  • Luminescence display device The circularly polarizing plate has a polarizer and an optically anisotropic layer.
  • the polarizer is a polarizer having a dichroic organic dye,
  • the optically anisotropic layer is a layer formed by using a composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
  • An organic electroluminescence display device in which the thickness of the layer existing between the circularly polarizing plate and the silicon nitride layer is 35 ⁇ m or less.
  • Re (450) which is an in-plane retardation value measured at a wavelength of 450 nm of the optically anisotropic layer
  • Re (550) which is an in-plane retardation value measured at a wavelength of 550 nm of the optically anisotropic layer
  • Re (650) which is the value of the in-plane retardation measured at a wavelength of 650 nm of the optically anisotropic layer, satisfies the relationship of Re (450) ⁇ Re (550) ⁇ Re (650), [1] to The organic electroluminescence display device according to any one of [4].
  • the polarizer is formed from a composition containing a dichroic organic dye and a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is 60% by mass or more of the solid content mass of the composition, [1] to [8].
  • the organic electroluminescence display device according to any one of. [10] yen has a surface protective layer on the viewer side of the polarizing plate, the moisture permeability of the surface protective layer is is 1g / m 2 ⁇ day or more, [1] The organic electroluminescence according to any one of to [9] Display device.
  • an organic electroluminescence display device having excellent wet and heat durability.
  • the present invention will be described in detail.
  • the description of the constituent elements described below may be based on typical embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
  • the numerical range represented by using "-" means a range including the numerical values before and after "-" as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
  • a substance corresponding to each component may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the component means the total content of the substances used in combination unless otherwise specified.
  • the bonding direction of the divalent group (for example, -O-CO-) described is not particularly limited unless the bonding position is specified.
  • D 1 in III) is -CO-O-, assuming that the position bonded to the G 1 side is * 1 and the position bonded to the Ar side is * 2, D 1 is * 1-. It may be CO-O- * 2 or * 1-O-CO- * 2.
  • “(meth) acrylate” is a general term for "acrylate” and "methacrylate”
  • (meth) acrylic” is a general term for "acrylic” and “methacrylic”
  • (meth) acrylic” is a general term for "(meth) acrylic”.
  • Acryloyl is a general term for "acryloyl” and "methacrylic". Further, in the present specification, “orthogonal” and “parallel” with respect to an angle mean a range of a strict angle of ⁇ 10 °, and “same” and “different” with respect to an angle have a difference of less than 5 °. It can be judged based on whether or not it is. Further, in the present specification, “visible light” means 380 to 780 nm. Further, in the present specification, unless otherwise specified, the measurement wavelength is 550 nm.
  • the "moisture content” means the initial mass of the cut-out sample and the mass obtained by converting the amount of change in the dry mass after drying at 120 ° C. for 2 hours per unit area.
  • slow phase axis means the direction in which the refractive index becomes maximum in the plane.
  • the slow axis of the optically anisotropic layer is intended to be the slow axis of the entire optically anisotropic layer.
  • Re ( ⁇ ) and “Rth ( ⁇ )” represent in-plane retardation at wavelength ⁇ and retardation in the thickness direction, respectively.
  • the values of in-plane retardation and retardation in the thickness direction refer to values measured using light of a measurement wavelength using AxoScan OPMF-1 (manufactured by Optoscience). Specifically, by inputting the average refractive index ((nx + ny + nz) / 3) and the film thickness (d ( ⁇ m)) in AxoScan OPMF-1.
  • Slow phase axial direction (°) Re ( ⁇ ) R0 ( ⁇ )
  • Rth ( ⁇ ) ((nx + ny) /2-nz) ⁇ d Is calculated.
  • R0 ( ⁇ ) is displayed as a numerical value calculated by AxoScan OPMF-1, it means Re ( ⁇ ).
  • the organic electroluminescence display device of the present invention comprises, from the visual side, a circular polarizing plate, an adhesive layer, a silicon nitride layer, a pair of electrodes, and an organic electroluminescence display element having an organic light emitting layer sandwiched between them. It is an organic electroluminescence display device including at least in this order.
  • the circularly polarizing plate is a polarizing element having a polarizing element and an optically anisotropic layer
  • the polarizer is a polarizer having a bicolor organic dye
  • the optically anisotropic layer is , A layer formed using a composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
  • the thickness of the layer existing between the circularly polarizing plate and the silicon nitride layer (when a plurality of layers are present, it means the total of the plurality of layers; the same applies hereinafter). It is 35 ⁇ m or less.
  • the organic electroluminescence display device of the present invention having a predetermined optically anisotropic layer and a predetermined polarizer has excellent moist heat durability. This is not clear in detail, but the present inventors speculate as follows.
  • a silicon nitride layer which is usually used as a barrier layer of an organic light emitting device in an organic electroluminescence display device, reacts with water to generate ammonia depending on the production method.
  • a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin and iodine are often used, and the polarizer using such iodine retains the PVA-iodine complex by cross-linking the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin with boric acid. And dichroism is expressed.
  • the present inventors retain the PVA-iodine complex by hydrolyzing the boric acid cross-linked site of the polarizer using iodine in the presence of ammonia generated in the silicon nitride layer. It seems that the factors are that the dichroism is lost and the dichroism is deteriorated, and that the swelling rate of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is increased, and that the water supply to the silicon nitride layer is increased as the main water supply source in the organic electroluminescence display device. I'm estimating.
  • the present invention by introducing a dichroic organic dye that is not affected by boric acid cross-linking, deterioration of the polarizer is suppressed, and as a result, the moist heat durability of the organic electroluminescence display device is improved. It is thought that it was.
  • FIG. 1, FIG. 2, FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 show a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the organic EL display device of the present invention.
  • the organic EL display device 10 shown in FIG. 1 is a layered organic EL display device having a polarizer 13, a positive A plate 15, an adhesive layer 20, a silicon nitride layer 17, and an organic EL display element 18 in this order. ..
  • the organic EL display device 20 shown in FIG. 2 has a layered organic EL having a surface protective layer 11, a polarizer 13, a positive A plate 15, an adhesive layer 20, a silicon nitride layer 17, and an organic EL display element 18 in this order. It is a display device.
  • the organic EL display device 40 shown in FIG. 4 includes a surface protective layer 11, a polarizer protective film 12, a polarizer 13, a polarizer protective film 14, a positive A plate 15, a positive C plate 16, an adhesive layer 20, and silicon nitride.
  • This is a layered organic EL display device having layers 17 and an organic EL display element 18 in this order.
  • the positive A plate 15 corresponds to the optically anisotropic layer included in the organic EL display device of the present invention.
  • the present invention includes at least a polarizer, an optically anisotropic layer, an adhesive layer, a silicon nitride layer, and an organic EL display element.
  • the organic electroluminescence display device of the present invention has a circularly polarizing plate including an optically anisotropic layer and a polarizer.
  • the optically anisotropic layer included in the circularly polarizing plate is a layer formed by using a composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
  • liquid crystal compounds can be classified into rod-shaped type and disk-shaped type according to their shape. Furthermore, there are low molecular weight and high molecular weight types, respectively.
  • a polymer generally refers to a polymer having a degree of polymerization of 100 or more (Polymer Physics / Phase Transition Dynamics, Masao Doi, p. 2, Iwanami Shoten, 1992).
  • any liquid crystal compound can be used, but it is preferable to use a rod-shaped liquid crystal compound or a discotic liquid crystal compound, and it is more preferable to use a rod-shaped liquid crystal compound.
  • a liquid crystal compound having a polymerizable group (polymerizable liquid crystal compound) is used for immobilization of the above-mentioned liquid crystal compound, but the liquid crystal compound further has two or more polymerizable groups in one molecule.
  • the liquid crystal compound is a mixture of two or more kinds, it is preferable that at least one kind of liquid crystal compound has two or more polymerizable groups in one molecule. After the liquid crystal compound is fixed by polymerization, it is no longer necessary to exhibit liquid crystallinity.
  • the type of the polymerizable group is not particularly limited, and a functional group capable of an addition polymerization reaction is preferable, and a polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated group or a ring-polymerizable group is preferable. More specifically, a (meth) acryloyl group, a vinyl group, a styryl group, an allyl group and the like are preferably mentioned, and a (meth) acryloyl group is more preferable.
  • rod-shaped liquid crystal compound for example, those described in claim 1 of JP-A-11-513019 and paragraphs [0026] to [0098] of JP-A-2005-289980 can be preferably used, and discotics can be used.
  • liquid crystal compound for example, those described in paragraphs [0020] to [0067] of JP-A-2007-108732 and paragraphs [0013] to [0108] of JP-A-2010-244038 can be preferably used. However, it is not limited to these.
  • the optically anisotropic layer is a composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound (hereinafter, also referred to as “specific liquid crystal compound”) exhibiting anti-wavelength dispersibility from the viewpoint of excellent optical characteristics (hereinafter, “specific liquid crystal compound”). It is preferably a layer formed by using "a polymerizable liquid crystal composition”).
  • the specific liquid crystal compound is a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, and is a compound exhibiting "reverse wavelength dispersibility".
  • the compound exhibiting "reverse wavelength dispersibility" in the present specification refers to an in-plane retardation (Re) value at a specific wavelength (visible light range) of an optically anisotropic layer produced using the compound. When measured, the Re value becomes equal or higher as the measurement wavelength becomes larger, and as will be described later, it means that the relationship of Re (450) ⁇ Re (550) ⁇ Re (650) is satisfied.
  • the reverse wavelength dispersible polymerizable liquid crystal compound is not particularly limited as long as it can form a reverse wavelength dispersible film as described above.
  • the general formula (I) described in JP-A-2008-297210 In particular, the compounds described in paragraphs [0034] to [0039]
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (1) described in JP-A-2010-084032 particularly, paragraphs [0067] to [0067] to paragraphs [0067] to [0039].
  • [0073] the compound represented by the general formula (1) described in JP-A-2019-73496 (particularly, the compound described in paragraphs [0117] to [0124]), and JP-A-2016.
  • Examples thereof include compounds represented by the general formula (1) described in -081035A (particularly, compounds described in paragraphs [0043] to [0055]).
  • a polymerizable liquid crystal compound having a partial structure represented by the following formula (II) is preferable because the effect of the present invention is more excellent. * -D 1 -Ar-D 2- * ... (II)
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the plurality of R 1 , the plurality of R 2 , the plurality of R 3 and the plurality of R 4 may be the same or different from each other.
  • Ar represents any aromatic ring selected from the group consisting of the groups represented by the formulas (Ar-1) to (Ar-7).
  • * represents the bonding position with D 1 or D 2
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal compound represented by the following formula (III) is preferable.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal compound represented by the following formula (III) is a compound exhibiting liquid crystallinity.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the plurality of R 1 , the plurality of R 2 , the plurality of R 3 and the plurality of R 4 may be the same or different from each other.
  • G 1 and G 2 independently represent a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and the methylene group contained in the alicyclic hydrocarbon group is , -O-, -S-, or -NH- may be substituted.
  • L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, and at least one selected from the group consisting of L 1 and L 2 represents a monovalent group having a polymerizable group.
  • Ar represents any aromatic ring selected from the group consisting of the groups represented by the formulas (Ar-1) to (Ar-7). In the following formulas (Ar-1) to (Ar-7), * represents the bonding position with D 1 or D 2.
  • Q 1 represents N or CH
  • Q 2 represents -S-, -O-, or -N (R 7 )-
  • R 7 is a hydrogen atom or Representing an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms
  • Y 1 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms or an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent. Represent.
  • Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms indicated by R 7 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group and an n-pentyl group. Groups and n-hexyl groups can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms indicated by Y 1 include a phenyl group, a 2,6-diethylphenyl group, and an aryl group of a naphthyl group.
  • Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms indicated by Y 1 include a thienyl group, a thiazolyl group, a frill group, and a heteroaryl group of a pyridyl group.
  • examples of the substituent that Y 1 may have include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and a halogen atom.
  • the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group).
  • alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms are even more preferred, and methyl or ethyl groups are particularly preferred.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • an alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (for example, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an n-butoxy group, and a methoxyethoxy group) is more preferable, and carbon.
  • Alkoxy groups of numbers 1 to 4 are more preferable, and methoxy groups or ethoxy groups are particularly preferable.
  • the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and among them, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom is preferable.
  • Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 are independently hydrogen atoms, monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and carbons.
  • a monovalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having a number of 3 to 20, a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, -OR 8 , -NR 9 R 10 , or , -SR 11 and R 8 to R 11 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and Z 1 and Z 2 may be bonded to each other to form an aromatic ring. Good.
  • an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, and tert are preferable.
  • -Pentyl group (1,1-dimethylpropyl group), tert-butyl group, or 1,1-dimethyl-3,3-dimethyl-butyl group is more preferable, and methyl group, ethyl group, or tert-butyl group is particularly preferable. preferable.
  • Examples of the monovalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a cyclooctyl group, a cyclodecyl group, a methylcyclohexyl group, and the like.
  • Monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon groups such as ethylcyclohexyl group; cyclobutenyl group, cyclopentenyl group, cyclohexenyl group, cycloheptenyl group, cyclooctenyl group, cyclodecenyl group, cyclopentadienyl group, cyclohexadienyl group, cyclooctadienyl group, And monocyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon groups such as cyclodecadien; bicyclo [2.2.1] heptyl group, bicyclo [2.2.2] octyl group, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] Decyl group, tricyclo [3.3.1.1 3,7 ] decyl group, tetracyclo [6.2.1.1 3,6 .
  • Dodecyl group polycyclic saturated hydrocarbon group such as adamantyl group; and the like.
  • the monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms include a phenyl group, a 2,6-diethylphenyl group, a naphthyl group, and a biphenyl group, and an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms (an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms). Especially phenyl group) is preferable.
  • halogen atom examples include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom, and among them, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or a bromine atom is preferable.
  • alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by R 8 to R 11 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a sec-butyl group, and a tert-butyl group. Examples thereof include an n-pentyl group and an n-hexyl group.
  • a 1 and A 2 are each independently, -O -, - N (R 12) -, - S-, and from -CO- Represents a group selected from the group, where R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or substituent.
  • R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent represented by R 12 include the same substituents that Y 1 in the above formula (Ar-1) may have.
  • X represents a non-metal atom of Groups 14 to 16 to which a hydrogen atom or a substituent may be bonded.
  • RC1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. ] Can be mentioned.
  • R 2a- , -CR 3a CR 4a- , -NR 5a- , or a divalent linking group consisting of a combination of two or more of these, and R 1a to R 5a are independent hydrogen atoms, respectively.
  • R 1b , R 2b and R 3b independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkyl
  • SP 1 and SP 2 are independently single-bonded, linear or branched alkylene groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • One or more of -CH 2- constituting the linear or branched alkylene group was replaced with -O-, -S-, -NH-, -N (Q)-, or -CO-.
  • It represents a divalent linking group and Q represents a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the same substituents that Y 1 in the above formula (Ar-1) may have.
  • examples of the linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a pentylene group, a hexylene group, a methylhexylene group, and the like.
  • a petitene group is preferred.
  • L 3 and L 4 each independently represent a monovalent organic group.
  • the monovalent organic group include an alkyl group, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, but linear is preferred.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 10.
  • the aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, but monocyclic is preferable.
  • the aryl group preferably has 6 to 25 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the heteroaryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the number of heteroatoms constituting the heteroaryl group is preferably 1 to 3.
  • the hetero atom constituting the heteroaryl group is preferably a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or an oxygen atom.
  • the heteroaryl group preferably has 6 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group, the aryl group and the heteroaryl group may be unsubstituted or have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the same substituents that Y 1 in the above formula (Ar-1) may have.
  • Ax has at least one aromatic ring selected from the group consisting of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring and an aromatic heterocycle, and has 2 to 30 carbon atoms. Represents an organic group.
  • Ay is an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a hydrogen atom and a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon ring and aromatic. Represents an organic group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms and having at least one aromatic ring selected from the group consisting of group heterocycles.
  • the aromatic ring in Ax and Ay may have a substituent, or Ax and Ay may be bonded to form a ring.
  • Q 3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • Examples of Ax and Ay include those described in paragraphs [0039] to [0995] of Patent Document 1 (International Publication No. 2014/010325).
  • D 1 , D 2 , G 1 , G 2 , L relating to the compound (A) described in JP2012-021068 1 , L 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , X 1 , Y 1 , Q 1 , Q 2 are described as D 1 , D 2 , G 1 , G 2 , L 1 , L 2 , respectively.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , Q 1 , Y 1 , Z 1 , and Z 2 can be referred to, and the compound represented by the general formula (I) described in JP-A-2008-107767 can be referred to.
  • a 1, a 2, and a 1 a description of X respectively, a 2, and can refer to the X, Ax of the compound represented by the general formula described in WO 2013/018526 (I), Ay, The description regarding Q 1 can be referred to for Ax, Ay, and Q 2, respectively.
  • Z 3 can refer to the description for Q 1 relates to compounds (A) described in JP-A-2012-21068.
  • the organic group represented by L 1 and L 2 is preferably a group represented by -D 3- G 3- Sp-P 3, respectively.
  • D 3 is synonymous with D 1.
  • G 3 represents a single bond, a divalent aromatic ring group or heterocyclic group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, or a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and the above alicyclic hydrocarbon group.
  • the methylene group contained in may be substituted with —O—, —S— or ⁇ NR 7 ⁇ , where R 7 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • n represents an integer of 2 to 12
  • m represents an integer of 2 to 6
  • R 8 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • -CH 2 in the above group - hydrogen atoms may be substituted with a methyl group.
  • P 3 represents a polymerizable group.
  • the polymerizable group is not particularly limited, but a polymerizable group capable of radical polymerization or cationic polymerization is preferable.
  • examples of the radically polymerizable group include known radically polymerizable groups, and an acryloyl group or a methacryloyl group is preferable. It is known that the acryloyl group is generally faster in terms of polymerization rate, and the acryloyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of improving productivity, but the methacryloyl group can also be used as the polymerizable group of the highly birefringent liquid crystal.
  • Examples of the cationically polymerizable group include known cationically polymerizable groups, and examples thereof include an alicyclic ether group, a cyclic acetal group, a cyclic lactone group, a cyclic thioether group, a spiroorthoester group, and a vinyloxy group. Of these, an alicyclic ether group or a vinyloxy group is preferable, and an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group or a vinyloxy group is more preferable. Examples of particularly preferable polymerizable groups include the following.
  • alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and may be, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group or an isobutyl group.
  • Se-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, 1,1-dimethylpropyl group, n-hexyl group, isohexyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, cyclopentyl group, and Cyclohexyl group can be mentioned.
  • the group adjacent to the acryloyloxy group in the above formulas II-2-8 and II-2-9 represents a propylene group (a group in which a methyl group is replaced with an ethylene group), and the positions of the methyl groups are different. Represents a mixture of bodies.
  • a compound represented by the following formula (V) can also be mentioned.
  • A is a non-aromatic carbocyclic or heterocyclic group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms;
  • E 1 , E 2 , D 1 and D 2 are independently single-bonded or divalent linking groups;
  • m and n are independently integers from 1 to 5; if m or n is 2 or more, they are repeated 2 or more-(D 1- G 1 )-or-(G 2- D 2 ).
  • -Each repeating unit may be the same or different from each other;
  • G 1 and G 2 are independently non-aromatic carbocyclic groups or heterocyclic groups having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or aromatic groups or heteroaromatic groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • G 1 and G 2 are at least one carbocyclic group or heterocyclic group, and any one hydrogen atom contained in the carbocyclic group or heterocyclic group is described below.
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently alkyls having ⁇ H or 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the content of the specific liquid crystal compound in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is not particularly limited, but is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, more preferably 70 to 99% by mass, based on the total solid content in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.
  • the specific liquid crystal compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the solid content means other components in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition excluding the solvent, and is calculated as a solid content even if the property is liquid.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal composition may contain a polymerizable rod-like compound in addition to the above-mentioned specific liquid crystal compound from the viewpoint of controlling the liquid crystal orientation.
  • the polymerizable rod-like compound may or may not be liquid crystal.
  • the above-mentioned polymerizable rod-shaped compound is a compound having a cyclohexane ring in which one hydrogen atom is substituted with a linear alkyl group (hereinafter, "alkylcyclohexane ring”) from the viewpoint of compatibility with the above-mentioned specific liquid crystal compound. It is also abbreviated as “containing compound”).
  • alkylcyclohexane ring in which one hydrogen atom is substituted with a linear alkyl group
  • the "cyclohexane ring in which one hydrogen atom is substituted with a linear alkyl group” is, for example, as shown in the following formula (2), when it has two cyclohexane rings, it is on the molecular terminal side.
  • a cyclohexane ring in which one hydrogen atom of the cyclohexane ring present in is substituted with a linear alkyl group.
  • alkylcyclohexane ring-containing compound examples include compounds having a group represented by the following formula (2).
  • a (meth) acryloyl group is used from the viewpoint of imparting moist heat durability to the optically anisotropic layer. It is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (3).
  • * represents a coupling position.
  • R 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • n represents 1 or 2
  • W 1 and W 2 independently represent an alkyl group and an alkoxy. It represents a group or halogen atom, and W 1 and W 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure which may have a substituent.
  • Z represents -COO-
  • L represents an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms
  • R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • alkylcyclohexane ring-containing compound examples include compounds represented by the following formulas A-1 to A-5.
  • R 4 represents an ethyl group or a butyl group.
  • the content of the above-mentioned polymerizable rod-like compound is preferably 1 to 30% by mass with respect to the total mass of the above-mentioned specific liquid crystal compound and the above-mentioned polymerizable rod-like compound. More preferably, 1 to 20% by mass.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal composition may contain a polymerizable liquid crystal compound (hereinafter, also abbreviated as “another polymerizable liquid crystal compound”) other than the above-mentioned specific liquid crystal compound and the polymerizable rod-shaped compound.
  • a polymerizable liquid crystal compound hereinafter, also abbreviated as “another polymerizable liquid crystal compound”
  • the polymerizable group contained in the other polymerizable liquid crystal compound is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a (meth) acryloyl group, a vinyl group, a styryl group, and an allyl group. Of these, the (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
  • the other polymerizable liquid crystal compound is preferably a polymerizable compound having 2 to 4 polymerizable groups, and more preferably a polymerizable compound having 2 polymerizable groups. preferable.
  • Examples of such other polymerizable liquid crystal compounds include compounds represented by the formulas (M1), (M2), and (M3) described in paragraphs 0030 to 0033 of JP-A-2014-0770668. More specifically, specific examples described in paragraphs 0046 to 0055 of the same publication can be mentioned. Other polymerizable liquid crystal compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the other polymerizable liquid crystal compound is based on the total mass of the specific liquid crystal compound, the polymerizable rod-shaped compound and the other polymerizable liquid crystal compound described above. 1 to 40% by mass is preferable, and 1 to 10% by mass is more preferable.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal composition preferably contains a non-liquid crystal polyfunctional polymerizable compound from the viewpoint of further improving the durability of the polarizing plate having the optically anisotropic layer to be formed. This is because the increase in the cross-linking point density suppresses the movement of the compound that catalyzes the hydrolysis reaction (presumed to be a liquid crystal decomposition product), and as a result, the rate of the hydrolysis reaction slows down, and in the meantime, to the edge of water It is presumed that this is due to the progress of diffusion.
  • the non-liquid crystal polyfunctional polymerizable compound is preferably a compound having a low acrylic equivalent from the viewpoint of the orientation of the specific liquid crystal compound described above.
  • the (meth) acrylic equivalent is 120 g / eq.
  • the following compounds are preferred, with a (meth) acrylic equivalent of 100 g / eq.
  • the following compounds are more preferred, with a (meth) acrylic equivalent of 90 g / eq.
  • the following compounds are more preferred.
  • Non-liquid polyfunctional polymerizable compounds include esters of polyhydric alcohols and (meth) acrylic acid (eg, ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, 1,4-cyclohexanediacrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate.
  • esters of polyhydric alcohols and (meth) acrylic acid eg, ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, 1,4-cyclohexanediacrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate.
  • the content of the non-liquid crystal polyfunctional polymerizable compound is determined from the viewpoint of expressing the phase difference of the formed optically anisotropic layer. It is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, still more preferably 1 to 6% by mass, based on the total solid content in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal composition preferably contains a polymerization initiator.
  • a photopolymerization initiator capable of initiating a polymerization reaction by irradiation with ultraviolet rays is preferable.
  • the photopolymerization initiator include ⁇ -carbonyl compounds (described in the US Pat. Group acidoine compounds (described in US Pat. No. 2722512), polynuclear quinone compounds (described in US Pat. Nos. 3,043127 and 2951758), combinations of triarylimidazole dimers and p-aminophenyl ketone (US patents). 3549367 (described in US Pat. No.
  • an oxime-type polymerization initiator is preferable as the polymerization initiator, and a polymerization initiator represented by the following formula (III) is more preferable.
  • X represents a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom
  • Y represents a monovalent organic group.
  • Ar 3 represents a divalent aromatic group
  • L 6 represents a divalent organic group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms
  • R 10 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • examples of the halogen atom represented by X include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and a chlorine atom is preferable.
  • examples of the divalent aromatic group represented by Ar 3 include aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, and a phenanthroline ring; a furan ring.
  • examples thereof include a divalent group having an aromatic heterocycle such as a pyrrole ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring, a thiazole ring, and a benzothiazole ring.
  • examples of the divalent organic group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms represented by L 6 include a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof. Examples include a methylene group, an ethylene group, and a propylene group.
  • examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms represented by R 10 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a propyl group.
  • examples of the monovalent organic group represented by Y include a functional group containing a benzophenone skeleton ((C 6 H 5 ) 2 CO). Specifically, a functional group containing a benzophenone skeleton in which the terminal benzene ring is unsubstituted or monosubstituted, such as the groups represented by the following formulas (3a) and (3b), is preferable.
  • * represents the bond position, that is, the bond position of the carbonyl group in the above formula (III) with the carbon atom.
  • Examples of the oxime-type polymerization initiator represented by the above formula (III) include a compound represented by the following formula S-1 and a compound represented by the following formula S-2.
  • the content of the polymerization initiator is not particularly limited, but the content of the polymerization initiator is preferably 0.5 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the specific liquid crystal compound contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. Up to 5 parts by mass is more preferable.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal composition may contain an orientation control agent, if necessary.
  • the orientation control agent include a low molecular weight orientation control agent and a polymer orientation control agent.
  • the low-molecular-weight orientation control agent include paragraphs 0009 to 0083 of JP-A-2002-020363, paragraphs 0111 to 0120 of JP-A-2006-106662, and paragraphs 0021- of JP-2012-2011306A. The description of 0029 can be taken into consideration and this content is incorporated herein by reference.
  • the polymer orientation control agent for example, paragraphs 0021 to 0057 of JP-A-2004-198511 and paragraphs 0121 to 0167 of JP-A-2006-106662 can be referred to.
  • the amount of the orientation control agent used is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 5% by mass, based on the total solid content of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.
  • the orientation control agent for example, a homogeneous orientation state oriented parallel to the surface of the optically anisotropic layer can be formed.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal composition preferably contains an organic solvent from the viewpoint of workability for forming an optically anisotropic layer.
  • organic solvent include ketones (for example, acetone, 2-butanone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, and cyclopentanone), ethers (for example, dioxane and tetrahydrofuran), and aliphatic hydrocarbons.
  • hexane alicyclic hydrocarbons (eg, cyclohexane), aromatic hydrocarbons (eg, toluene, xylene, and trimethylbenzene), carbon halides (eg, dichloromethane, dichloroethane, dichlorobenzene, etc.) And chlorotoluene), esters (eg, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, and butyl acetate), water, alcohols (eg, ethanol, isopropanol, butanol, and cyclohexanol), cellosolves (eg, methyl cellosolves, etc.) And ethyl cellosolve), cellosolve acetates, sulfoxides (eg, dimethylsulfoxide), amides (eg, dimethylformamide, and dimethylacetamide), and these may be used alone or in combination of two or more. May be used together.
  • sulfoxides
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal composition may contain components other than the above-mentioned components, for example, liquid crystal compounds other than the above-mentioned specific liquid crystal compounds, surfactants, tilt angle control agents, orientation aids, plasticizers, and Examples include cross-linking agents.
  • the optically anisotropic layer is formed by using the above-mentioned polymerizable liquid crystal composition.
  • the method for producing the optically anisotropic layer is not particularly limited, but for example, the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is applied to a predetermined substrate (for example, a polarizer described later, a support described later, or a support having an orientation layer). Then, a coating film is formed, the coating film is subjected to an orientation treatment to bring the specific liquid crystal compound into a predetermined orientation state, and then the coating film is subjected to a curing treatment.
  • the above coating can be carried out by known methods (for example, wire bar coating method, extrusion coating method, direct gravure coating method, reverse gravure coating method, and die coating method).
  • the orientation treatment can be carried out by drying or heating at room temperature (for example, 20 to 25 ° C.).
  • room temperature for example, 20 to 25 ° C.
  • the liquid crystal phase formed by the orientation treatment can generally be transferred by a change in temperature or pressure.
  • the transfer can also be carried out by the composition ratio of the amount of the solvent.
  • the heating time heat aging time
  • the heating time is preferably 10 seconds to 5 minutes, more preferably 10 seconds to 3 minutes, still more preferably 10 seconds to 2 minutes.
  • the curing treatment (irradiation of active energy rays (light irradiation treatment) and / or heat treatment) on the coating film can also be said to be an immobilization treatment for fixing the orientation of the specific liquid crystal compound.
  • Irradiation dose is preferably 10mJ / cm 2 ⁇ 50J / cm 2, more preferably 20mJ / cm 2 ⁇ 5J / cm 2, more preferably 30mJ / cm 2 ⁇ 3J / cm 2, particularly 50 ⁇ 1000mJ / cm 2 preferable.
  • the light irradiation treatment may be carried out under heating conditions.
  • the optically anisotropic layer can be formed on the support described later and on the polarizer described later.
  • the thickness of the optically anisotropic layer is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 to 5 ⁇ m, more preferably 1 to 4 ⁇ m, and even more preferably 1 to 3 ⁇ m.
  • the optically anisotropic layer preferably satisfies the following formula (IV).
  • Re (450) represents the in-plane lettering of the optically anisotropic film at a wavelength of 450 nm
  • Re (550) represents the in-plane letter of the optically anisotropic film at a wavelength of 550 nm
  • Re (650) represents the in-plane retardation of the optically anisotropic film at a wavelength of 650 nm.
  • the optically anisotropic layer is preferably a positive A plate.
  • the positive A plate is defined as follows.
  • the positive A plate (positive A plate) has a refractive index of nx in the slow axis direction in the film plane (the direction in which the refractive index in the plane is maximized), and is orthogonal to the slow axis in the plane in the plane.
  • the refractive index in the direction is ny and the refractive index in the thickness direction is nz
  • the positive A plate shows a positive value for Rth. Equation (A1) nx> ny ⁇ nz
  • Equation (A1) nx> ny ⁇ nz
  • the above " ⁇ " includes not only the case where both are completely the same, but also the case where both are substantially the same.
  • ny ⁇ nz when (ny-nz) ⁇ d (where d is the thickness of the film) is -10 to 10 nm, preferably -5 to 5 nm. include.
  • a positive A plate can be obtained by horizontally orienting a rod-shaped polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
  • Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-225281 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-026730 can be referred to.
  • the optically anisotropic layer (positive A plate) preferably functions as a ⁇ / 4 plate.
  • the ⁇ / 4 plate is a plate having a function of converting linearly polarized light having a specific wavelength into circularly polarized light (or converting circularly polarized light into linearly polarized light), and has an in-plane retardation Re ( ⁇ ) at a specific wavelength of ⁇ nm.
  • a plate that satisfies Re ( ⁇ ) ⁇ / 4. This equation may be achieved at any wavelength in the visible light region (for example, 550 nm), but the in-plane retardation Re (550) at a wavelength of 550 nm has a relationship of 110 nm ⁇ Re (550) ⁇ 160 nm. It is preferable to satisfy, and it is more preferable to satisfy 110 nm ⁇ Re (550) ⁇ 150 nm.
  • the optically anisotropic layer may have a positive C plate in addition to the positive A plate.
  • the positive C plate is defined as follows.
  • the positive C plate (positive C plate) has a refractive index of nx in the slow axis direction in the film plane (the direction in which the refractive index in the plane is maximized), and is orthogonal to the slow axis in the plane in the plane.
  • the refractive index in the direction is ny and the refractive index in the thickness direction is nz
  • the positive C plate shows a negative value for Rth.
  • Equation (A2) nx ⁇ ny ⁇ nz
  • includes not only the case where both are completely the same, but also the case where both are substantially the same. “Substantially the same” means, for example, “nx ⁇ ny” when (nx ⁇ ny) ⁇ d (where d is the thickness of the film) is -10 to 10 nm, preferably -5 to 5 nm. include. Further, in the positive C plate, Re ⁇ 0 according to the above definition.
  • a positive C plate can be obtained by vertically orienting a rod-shaped polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
  • JP-A-2017-187732, JP-A-2016-53709, and JP-A-2015-200861 can be referred to.
  • the polarizer provided by the circularly polarizing plate is an absorption-type polarizing element (light absorption anisotropic layer) having a dichroic organic dye, and is a so-called linear polarized light having a function of converting light into specific linearly polarized light. ..
  • the type of the polarizer is not particularly limited as long as it has a dichroic organic dye. Unlike iodine, a polarizer using a dichroic organic dye can easily adjust the tint, and it is possible to perform an optimum design according to the wavelength of the light emitting element.
  • the bicolor organic dye used in the present invention is not particularly limited.
  • a dichroic azo dye compound is preferable, and a dichroic azo dye compound usually used for a so-called coating type polarizer can be used.
  • the dichroic azo dye compound is not particularly limited, and conventionally known dichroic azo dyes can be used, but the compounds described below are preferably used.
  • the dichroic azo dye compound means a dye having different absorbance depending on the direction.
  • the dichroic azo dye compound may or may not exhibit liquid crystallinity.
  • the dichroic azo dye compound may exhibit either nematic property or smectic property.
  • the temperature range indicating the liquid crystal phase is preferably room temperature (about 20 ° C. to 28 ° C.) to 300 ° C., and more preferably 50 ° C. to 200 ° C. from the viewpoint of handleability and production suitability.
  • At least one dye compound in which the polarizer has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 560 to 700 nm (hereinafter, also abbreviated as “first dichroic azo dye compound”).
  • first dichroic azo dye compound at least one dye compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 455 nm or more and less than 560 nm
  • second dichroic azo dye compound at least one dye compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 455 nm or more and less than 560 nm.
  • it has at least a dichroic azo dye compound represented by the formula (1) described later and a dichroic azo dye compound represented by the formula (2) described later. More preferred.
  • three or more kinds of dichroic azo dye compounds may be used in combination.
  • the first dichroic azo dye compound and the second dichroic azo dye compound are used.
  • an azo dye compound and at least one dye compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 380 nm or more and less than 455 nm (preferably in the wavelength range of 380 to 454 nm) are used. It is preferable to use abbreviated) together.
  • the dichroic azo dye compound has a crosslinkable group for the reason that the pressing resistance is improved.
  • the crosslinkable group include (meth) acryloyl group, epoxy group, oxetanyl group, styryl group and the like, and among them, (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
  • the first dichroic azo dye compound is preferably a compound having a chromophore as a nucleus and a side chain attached to the end of the chromophore.
  • the color-developing group include an aromatic ring group (for example, an aromatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic heterocyclic group), an azo group, and the like, and a structure having both an aromatic ring group and an azo group is preferable.
  • a bisazo structure having an aromatic heterocyclic group (preferably a thienothiazole group) and two azo groups is more preferable.
  • the side chain is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include groups represented by L3, R2, or L4 of the formula (1) described later.
  • the first dichroic azo dye compound has a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of 560 nm or more and 700 nm or less (more preferably 560 to 650 nm, particularly preferably 560 to 640 nm). It is preferably a dichroic azo dye compound having.
  • the maximum absorption wavelength (nm) of the dichroic azo dye compound in the present specification is a wavelength of 380 to 800 nm measured by a spectrophotometer using a solution of the dichroic azo dye compound in a good solvent. Obtained from the ultraviolet visible light spectrum in the range.
  • the first dichroic azo dye compound is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (1) for the reason that the degree of orientation of the formed polarizer is further improved.
  • Ar1 and Ar2 each independently represent a phenylene group which may have a substituent or a naphthylene group which may have a substituent, and a phenylene group is preferable.
  • R1 is a linear or branched alkyl group, alkoxy group, alkylthio group, alkylsulfonyl group, alkylcarbonyl group, which may have a hydrogen atom and a substituent having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • R1 is a group other than a hydrogen atom
  • R1' represents a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. When a plurality of R1'are present in each group, they may be the same or different from each other.
  • R2 and R3 independently have a hydrogen atom and a linear or branched alkyl group which may have a substituent having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group, an acyl group, and an alkyloxycarbonyl.
  • -CH 2- constituting the above alkyl group is -O-, -S-, -C (O)-, -C (O) -O-, -OC (O)-, -C (O).
  • R2 and R3 are groups other than hydrogen atoms
  • the hydrogen atoms of each group are halogen atom, nitro group, cyano group, -OH group, -N (R2') 2 , amino group, -C (R2').
  • ) C (R2')-NO 2
  • -C (R2') C (R2')-CN
  • -C (R2') C (CN) 2 .
  • R2' represents a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • R2 and R3 may combine with each other to form a ring, and R2 or R3 may combine with Ar2 to form a ring.
  • R1 is preferably an electron-withdrawing group
  • R2 and R3 are preferably groups with low electron-donating properties.
  • R1 includes an alkylsulfonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, an acyloxy group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, an alkylsulfamoyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an alkylureido group and the like.
  • R2 and R3 include groups having the following structures. The group having the following structure is shown in the above formula (1) in a form containing a nitrogen atom to which R2 and R3 are bonded.
  • the second dichroic azo dye compound is a compound different from the first dichroic azo dye compound, and specifically, the chemical structure thereof is different.
  • the second dichroic azo dye compound is preferably a compound having a chromophore, which is the core of the dichroic azo dye compound, and a side chain attached to the end of the chromophore.
  • Specific examples of the color-developing group include an aromatic ring group (for example, an aromatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic heterocyclic group), an azo group, and the like, and a structure having both an aromatic hydrocarbon group and an azo group is preferable.
  • a bisazo or trisazo structure having an aromatic hydrocarbon group and two or three azo groups is more preferred.
  • the side chain is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include groups represented by R4, R5, or R6 of the formula (2) described later.
  • the second dichroic azo dye compound is a dichroic azo dye compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 455 nm or more and less than 560 nm, and has a wavelength in the range of 455 to 555 nm from the viewpoint of adjusting the tint of the polarizer.
  • a dichroic azo dye compound having a maximum absorption wavelength is preferable, and a dichroic azo dye compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 455 to 550 nm is more preferable.
  • a first dichroic azo dye compound having a maximum absorption wavelength of 560 to 700 nm and a second dichroic azo dye compound having a maximum absorption wavelength of 455 nm or more and less than 560 nm are used, the color of the polarizer is used. Taste adjustment becomes easier.
  • the second dichroic azo dye compound is preferably a compound represented by the formula (2) from the viewpoint of further improving the degree of orientation of the polarizer.
  • n 1 or 2.
  • Ar3, Ar4 and Ar5 independently have a phenylene group which may have a substituent, a naphthylene group which may have a substituent or a hetero which may have a substituent.
  • the heterocyclic group may be either aromatic or non-aromatic. Examples of atoms other than carbon constituting the aromatic heterocyclic group include nitrogen atom, sulfur atom and oxygen atom. When the aromatic heterocyclic group has a plurality of atoms constituting a ring other than carbon, they may be the same or different.
  • aromatic heterocyclic group examples include pyridylene group (pyridine-diyl group), pyridazine-diyl group, imidazole-diyl group, thienylene (thiophene-diyl group), quinolylene group (quinolin-diyl group), and isoquinolylene.
  • R4 in the formula (2) is the same as that of R1 in the formula (1).
  • R5 and R6 in the formula (2) are the same as those of R2 and R3 in the formula (1), respectively.
  • R4 is preferably an electron-withdrawing group
  • R5 and R6 are preferably groups with low electron-donating properties.
  • a specific example when R4 is an electron-withdrawing group is the same as a specific example when R1 is an electron-withdrawing group
  • R5 and R6 are groups with low electron-donating properties.
  • the specific example of the case is the same as the specific example when R2 and R3 are groups having a low electron donating property.
  • the third bicolor azo dye compound is a bicolor azo dye compound other than the first bicolor azo dye compound and the second bicolor azo dye compound, and specifically, the first two.
  • the chemical structure is different from that of the chromatic azo dye compound and the second dichromatic azo dye compound. If the polarizer contains a third dichroic azo dye compound, there is an advantage that the tint of the polarizer can be easily adjusted.
  • the maximum absorption wavelength of the third dichroic azo dye compound is 380 nm or more and less than 455 nm, preferably 385 to 454 nm.
  • the third dichroic azo dye compound among the compounds including the compound represented by the formula (1) described in International Publication No. 2017/195833, the above-mentioned first bicolor azo dye compound.
  • the above-mentioned first bicolor azo dye compound examples thereof include compounds and compounds other than the above-mentioned second dichroic azo dye compound.
  • n an integer of 1 to 10.
  • the content of the dichroic azo dye compound is preferably 15 to 30% by mass, more preferably 18 to 28% by mass, and even more preferably 20 to 26% by mass with respect to the total solid content mass of the polarizer.
  • the content of the dichroic azo dye compound is within the above range, it is possible to obtain a polarizer having a high degree of orientation even when the polarizer is made into a thin film. Therefore, it is easy to obtain a polarizer having excellent flexibility.
  • it exceeds 30% by mass it becomes difficult for the refractive index adjusting layer to suppress internal reflection.
  • the content of the first dichroic azo dye compound is 100 parts by mass of the total content of the dichroic azo dye compound in the polarizing element forming composition (composition for forming a light absorption anisotropic layer). , 40 to 90 parts by mass, more preferably 45 to 75 parts by mass.
  • the content of the second dichroic azo dye compound is preferably 6 to 50 parts by mass, preferably 8 to 35 parts by mass, based on 100 mass by mass of the total content of the dichroic azo dye compound in the composition for forming a polarizer. Part is more preferable.
  • the content of the third dichroic azo dye compound is preferably 3 to 35 parts by mass and 5 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 mass by mass of the content of the dichroic azo dye compound in the composition for forming a polarizer. Is more preferable.
  • the content ratio of the first dichroic azo dye compound, the second dichroic azo dye compound, and the third dichroic azo dye compound used as needed is the tint of the polarizer. It can be set arbitrarily to adjust. However, the content ratio of the second dichroic azo dye compound to the first dichroic azo dye compound (second dichroic azo dye compound / first dichroic azo dye compound) is in terms of molars. , 0.1 to 10, more preferably 0.2 to 5, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 0.8.
  • polarizer having a dichroic organic dye for example, a polarizer formed by adsorbing a dichroic organic dye on a polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) -based resin and stretching it (hereinafter, abbreviated as “PVA polarizer”).
  • PVA polarizer a polyvinyl alcohol
  • Polyvinyl alcohol resin is a resin containing a repeating unit of -CH 2 -CHOH-, e.g., polyvinyl alcohol, and an ethylene - vinyl alcohol copolymer.
  • the dichroic organic dye is preferably a highly hydrophilic dye, and it is preferable to use the azo dye having a sulfo group described in paragraphs [0027] to [0030] of JP-A-2019-86622.
  • the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is very hydrophilic and has high water absorption, and contributes very much to the water content of the entire polarizing plate.
  • the water content can be adjusted by reducing the film thickness of the polarizer.
  • a laminate having a 9 ⁇ m-thick polyvinyl alcohol layer formed on a non-liquid crystal PET (polyethylene terephthalate) base material is dyed and stretched to obtain a thickness of 4 ⁇ m. It is disclosed that a polyvinyl alcohol layer can be obtained, and it is also preferable to use such a method.
  • the thickness of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer is preferably 15 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the thickness of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer is preferably 1 ⁇ m or more.
  • a polarizing element having a dichroic organic dye as described in WO2019 / 131943 and 2017-83843, a polymerizable liquid crystal compound without using polyvinyl alcohol as a binder.
  • a composition composition for forming a polarizer
  • a dichroic organic dye for example, a dichroic azo dye used for a light-absorbing anisotropic film described in WO2017 / 195833.
  • Preferred examples thereof include a polarizer to be formed (hereinafter, abbreviated as "coating type polarizer").
  • the coating type polarizer does not require a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer, it is possible to further reduce the water content of the polarizing plate with respect to the PVA polarizer, and it is possible to further improve the moist heat durability of the display device. It will be possible.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the composition for forming a polarizer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the same polymerizable liquid crystal compounds contained in the composition used for forming the optically anisotropic layer described above. Further, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound preferably has a polymerizable group from the viewpoint of film strength, and the solid content ratio with respect to the coating composition is preferably 60% by mass or more. It is more preferable that the polymerizable liquid crystal compound or the dichroic organic dye contained in the composition for forming a polarizer has a radically polymerizable group.
  • the molar content of the radically polymerizable group is 0.6 mmol / g or more, and more preferably 1.0 mmol / g or more, based on the solid content weight of the composition for forming a polarizer. More preferably, it is 5 mmol / g or more.
  • This coating type polarizer is a technique for orienting a dichroic organic dye by utilizing the orientation of a liquid crystal compound. As described in JP-A-2012-83734, it is preferable that the polymerizable liquid crystal compound exhibits smectic properties from the viewpoint of increasing the degree of orientation.
  • crystallization of the dye is also preferable from the viewpoint of increasing the degree of orientation.
  • WO2019 / 131943 describes a structure of a polymer liquid crystal preferable for increasing the degree of orientation.
  • the polarizer in which the dichroic organic dye is oriented by utilizing the orientation of the liquid crystal without stretching has the following characteristics.
  • the thickness can be made very thin, about 0.1 ⁇ m to 5 ⁇ m, cracks are less likely to occur when bent as described in JP-A-2019-194685, and thermal deformation is small.
  • Patent No. 6483486 As described in the above, even a polarizing plate having a high transmittance exceeding 50% has many advantages such as excellent durability. Taking advantage of these advantages, it can be used for applications requiring high brightness, small size and light weight, fine optical system applications, molding applications for curved surfaces, and flexible regions. Of course, it is also possible to peel off the support and transfer the polarizer for use.
  • the thickness of the coated polarizer is preferably 0.1 to 5 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.3 to 3 ⁇ m, and even more preferably 0.3 to 2 ⁇ m.
  • the display device can be made thinner.
  • the adhesive layer can be omitted, and the circular polarizing plate can be thinned and the manufacturing efficiency can be increased. It is preferable from the viewpoint of conversion. Since the coating type polarizer has excellent durability with respect to the PVA polarizer even with a high transmittance, from the viewpoint of power saving, the visibility correction simple substance transmittance of the polarizer is preferably 40% or more. It is more preferably 45% or more, and further preferably 50% or more.
  • the relationship between the transmission axis of the polarizer and the slow axis of the optically anisotropic layer in the polarizing plate is not particularly limited.
  • the optically anisotropic layer is a ⁇ / 4 plate, and the angle between the transmission axis of the polarizer and the slow axis of the optically anisotropic layer is 45 ⁇ 10 °.
  • the range (35-55 °) is preferred.
  • the organic electroluminescence display device of the present invention has an adhesive layer between the above-mentioned circularly polarizing plate and the silicon nitride layer described later.
  • Examples of the adhesive contained in the adhesive layer include rubber-based adhesives, acrylic-based adhesives, silicone-based adhesives, urethane-based adhesives, vinyl alkyl ether-based adhesives, polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesives, and polyvinylpyrrolidone-based adhesives. , Polyacrylamide-based adhesives, cellulose-based adhesives and the like. Of these, an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive (pressure-sensitive pressure-sensitive adhesive) is preferable from the viewpoint of transparency, weather resistance, heat resistance, and the like.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is, for example, a method in which a solution of a pressure-sensitive adhesive is applied onto a release sheet, dried, and then transferred to the surface of the transparent resin layer; the solution of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is directly applied to the surface of the transparent resin layer and dried. It can be formed by a method of making it; etc.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive solution is prepared as a solution of about 10 to 40% by mass in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive is dissolved or dispersed in a solvent such as toluene or ethyl acetate.
  • a roll coating method such as reverse coating or gravure coating, a spin coating method, a screen coating method, a fountain coating method, a dipping method, a spray method and the like can be adopted.
  • an appropriate thin leaf body such as a synthetic resin film such as polyethylene, polypropylene, polyethylene terephthalate; rubber sheet; paper; cloth; non-woven fabric; net; foam sheet; metal leaf; Can be mentioned.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3 ⁇ m to 50 ⁇ m, more preferably 4 ⁇ m to 40 ⁇ m, and further preferably 5 ⁇ m to 30 ⁇ m.
  • the organic electroluminescence display device of the present invention has a silicon nitride layer between the above-mentioned adhesive layer and the organic electroluminescence element. Since the organic electroluminescence element is sensitive to the influence of moisture and oxygen, a silicon nitride layer is used as a barrier layer (low moisture permeability substrate) that blocks moisture and oxygen.
  • the moisture permeability of the silicon nitride layer is preferably 1 g / m 2 ⁇ day or less, and preferably 10 -3 g / m 2 ⁇ day or less.
  • the humidity permeation is defined as 24 hours under the conditions of a temperature of 40 ° C. and a relative humidity of 90% according to the method described in "Humidity Permeability Test Method for Moisture-Proof Packaging Material (Cup Method)" of JIS Z 0208: 1976.
  • the amount of water vapor that has passed (g / m 2 ⁇ day).
  • the method for measuring the moisture permeability of the substrate is as follows.
  • the measurement is performed using a water vapor transmittance measuring device (AQUATRAN2 (registered trademark) manufactured by MOCON, INC.) Under the conditions of a measuring temperature of 40 ° C. and a relative humidity of 90%.
  • the thickness of the silicon nitride layer is preferably 10 nm, more preferably 20 nm or more, from the viewpoint of gas barrier ability. From the viewpoint of preventing cracking of the film, it is preferably 150 nm or less, and more preferably 80 nm or less.
  • any conventionally known method can be used.
  • a sputtering method, a vacuum deposition method, an ion plating method, a plasma CVD (Chemical Vapor Deposition) method, and the like are suitable.
  • Japanese Patent No. 3400324, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2002-322561, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2002- The forming method described in each of the publications of No. 361774 can be adopted.
  • Ammonia gas may be generated in the silicon nitride layer by the hydrolysis reaction, but the hydrolysis reaction is promoted in the following cases, and the effect of the present invention becomes remarkable.
  • the silicon nitride layer has a Si—N bond peak (peak of absorption due to expansion and contraction vibration of Si—N (peak intensity)) located at 800 to 900 cm -1 as measured by FT-IR (Fourier transform infrared absorption spectrum).
  • the peak of the Si—H bond located at 2100 to 2200 cm -1 (the peak of absorption due to the expansion and contraction vibration of Si—H) and the peak of the NH bond located at 3300 to 3400 cm -1 (due to the expansion and contraction vibration of NH).
  • FT-IR Fastier transform infrared absorption spectrum
  • the strength ratio of the peak of Si—N bond to the peak of NH bond, NH / Si—N is preferably 0.04 or more, preferably 0.06.
  • the above is more preferable, 0.08 or more is further preferable, and 0.10 or more is most preferable.
  • NH / Si—N is preferably 0.3 or less, more preferably 0.2 or less, and even more preferably 0.15 or less.
  • the film density [g / cm 3 ] can be measured by the X-ray reflectance measurement method using a thin film X-ray diffractometer (ATX-E manufactured by Rigaku Co., Ltd.).
  • the film density is preferably 2.4 g / cm 3 or less, 2.3 g / cm 3 or less is more preferable.
  • the barrier ability of the membrane 1.8 g / cm 3 or more is preferable, 2.0 g / cm 3 or more is more preferable, and 2.2 g / cm 3 or more is further preferable.
  • the organic EL display element included in the organic electroluminescence display device of the present invention is a display element having a pair of electrodes and an organic light emitting layer sandwiched between them.
  • a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron injection layer, an electron transport layer, a protective layer, and the like may be provided between the electrodes of the organic EL display element, and each of these layers may be provided. It may have other functions.
  • Various materials can be used to form each layer.
  • the organic electroluminescence display device of the present invention has the above-mentioned circularly polarizing plate (optically anisotropic layer and polarizer), adhesive layer, silicon nitride layer, and other members other than the organic EL element. Good.
  • the organic electroluminescence display device of the present invention may have a support for supporting the optically anisotropic layer or the coated polarizer, but the support may be peeled off for thinning. preferable.
  • the support is preferably transparent, and specifically, the light transmittance is preferably 80% or more.
  • the support examples include a polymer film.
  • Materials for the polymer film include cellulose-based polymers; (meth) acrylic polymers having acrylic acid ester polymers such as polymethylmethacrylate and lactone ring-containing polymers; thermoplastic norbornene-based polymers; polycarbonate-based polymers; polyethylene terephthalates, and , Polyester-based polymers such as polyethylene naphthalate; Polystyrene and styrene-based polymers such as acrylonitrile-styrene copolymer (AS resin); Polyethylene-based polymers such as polyethylene, polypropylene, and ethylene-propylene copolymers; Vinyl-based polymers; Nylon and amide-based polymers such as aromatic polyamides; Imid-based polymers; Sulfon-based polymers; Polyether sulfone-based polymers; Polyether ether ketone-based polymers; Polyphenylene sulfide-based polymers; Examples include polymer; vinyl butyral
  • the thickness of the support is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 to 80 ⁇ m, more preferably 10 to 40 ⁇ m, and even more preferably 10 to 25 ⁇ m.
  • the organic electroluminescence display device of the present invention preferably has an alignment layer in order to promote the orientation of the optically anisotropic layer and the coating type polarizer, but the alignment layer may be peeled off for thinning. preferable.
  • the support described above may also serve as an orientation layer.
  • the orientation layer is used to form the specific liquid crystal.
  • a technique for orienting a compound in a desired direction is common.
  • the orientation layer includes a rubbing-treated film of a layer containing an organic compound such as a polymer, an oblique vapor deposition film of an inorganic compound, a film having microgrooves, or ⁇ -tricosanoic acid, dioctadecylmethylammonium chloride, or methyl stearylate.
  • Examples thereof include a membrane obtained by accumulating LB (Langmuir-Blodgett) membranes obtained by the Langmuir-Blodget method of organic compounds such as.
  • LB Liuir-Blodgett
  • a photo-alignment layer in which an alignment function is generated by irradiation with light is also preferable.
  • a layer formed by rubbing the surface of a layer (polymer layer) containing an organic compound such as a polymer can be preferably used.
  • the rubbing treatment is carried out by rubbing the surface of the polymer layer with paper or cloth several times in a certain direction (preferably in the longitudinal direction of the support).
  • the polymer used for forming the alignment layer include polyimide, polyvinyl alcohol, the modified polyvinyl alcohol described in paragraphs 0071 to 0905 of Japanese Patent No. 3907735, and the polymerizable group described in JP-A-9-152509.
  • the polymer having is preferable.
  • the thickness of the alignment layer is not particularly limited as long as it can exhibit the alignment function, but is preferably 0.01 to 5 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.05 to 2 ⁇ m.
  • the alignment layer it is more preferable to use a so-called photo-alignment layer (photo-alignment layer) in which a photo-alignment material is irradiated with polarized light or non-polarized light to form an alignment layer. It is preferable to impart an orientation regulating force to the photoalignment layer by a step of irradiating the photoalignment layer with polarized light from a vertical direction or an oblique direction, or a step of irradiating unpolarized light from an oblique direction.
  • the photo-alignment layer it is possible to horizontally orient the specific liquid crystal compound with excellent symmetry.
  • the positive A plate formed by using the photoalignment layer is particularly useful for optical compensation in a liquid crystal display device that does not require a pre-tilt angle of the driving liquid crystal, such as an IPS (In-Place-Switching) mode liquid crystal display device. Is.
  • IPS In-Place-Switching
  • Examples of the photo-alignment material used for the photo-alignment layer include JP-A-2006-285197, JP-A-2007-076839, JP-A-2007-138138, JP-A-2007-094071, and JP-A-2007-.
  • the thickness of the oriented layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01 to 10 ⁇ m from the viewpoint of alleviating the surface irregularities that may exist on the support and forming an optically anisotropic layer having a uniform film thickness. 01 to 1 ⁇ m is more preferable, and 0.01 to 0.5 ⁇ m is even more preferable.
  • the organic electroluminescence display device of the present invention may have a base trap layer containing a compound having a carboxylic acid group for the purpose of trapping ammonia. It is also possible to include a compound having a carboxylic acid group in a layer such as an adhesive layer and a barrier layer or a positive C plate to form a base trap layer.
  • the organic electroluminescence display device of the present invention may have a polarizer protective film on the surface of the polarizer.
  • the polarizer protective film may be arranged only on one side of the polarizer (on the surface opposite to the optically anisotropic layer side), or may be arranged on both sides of the polarizer.
  • the structure of the polarizer protective film is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, a so-called transparent support or a hard coat layer, or a laminate of a transparent support and a hard coat layer.
  • the visible side of the polarizer protective film can be used in combination with the surface protective layer described later.
  • a known transparent support can be used as the transparent support.
  • the material for forming the transparent support is a cellulosic polymer represented by triacetyl cellulose (hereinafter, referred to as "cellulose acylate”. ), Norbornen-based resin (Zeonex and Zeonoa manufactured by Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd., Arton manufactured by JSR Co., Ltd.), acrylic resin, polyester resin, and polystyrene resin. Resins that are difficult to contain water, such as acrylic resins, thermoplastic norbornene-based resins, and polystyrene-based resins, are preferable for suppressing the total water content of the polarizing plate, and norbornene-based resins are particularly preferable.
  • the resin has an equilibrium water content of 80% at 25 ° C., preferably 2% or less, more preferably 0.5% or less, and even more preferably 0.2% or less.
  • the thickness of the polarizer protective film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 40 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 25 ⁇ m or less, further preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, and particularly preferably 5 ⁇ m or less, from the viewpoint that the thickness of the polarizing plate can be reduced.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, but is often 1 ⁇ m or more.
  • An adhesive layer or an adhesive layer may be arranged between the layers to ensure the adhesion between the layers. Further, a transparent support may be arranged between the layers.
  • the polarizing plate may have an optically anisotropic layer other than the optically anisotropic layer formed by using the polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing the above-mentioned specific liquid crystal compound.
  • the other optically anisotropic layer may be an A plate or a C plate.
  • the water content of the polarizing plate is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5.0 g / m 2 or less, more preferably 3.0 g / m 2 or less, further preferably 1.5 g / m 2 or less, and 0.8 g / m 2 or less. Is particularly preferable.
  • the surface protective layer is one or a plurality of layers selected from a support made of a polymer film such as polyimide or cellulose acylate, a surface hardening layer, and a low reflection layer that suppresses surface reflection generated at the air interface.
  • a known layer can be used, and for example, a layer obtained by polymerizing and curing a polyfunctional monomer may be used.
  • the moisture permeability of the surface protective layer is preferably 1 g / m 2 ⁇ day or more, preferably more than 1 g / m 2 ⁇ day, and 2 to 500 g / m 2 ⁇ day because the effect of the present invention appears more remarkably. More preferred.
  • ⁇ Touch sensor ⁇ There are two types of touch sensors: an on-cell type in which a metal mesh electrode is formed directly on the silicon nitride layer that barriers the organic electroluminescence element, and an out-cell type in which a film sensor with electrodes formed on a film is externally attached. , The on-cell type is preferable from the viewpoint of thinning and the effect of the present invention is remarkably exhibited.
  • the organic electroluminescence display device of the present invention may have an adhesive layer.
  • the adhesive is not particularly limited as long as it exhibits adhesiveness by drying or reaction after bonding.
  • the polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive (PVA-based adhesive) develops adhesiveness when dried, and makes it possible to bond the materials together.
  • Specific examples of the curable adhesive that develops adhesiveness by reaction include an active energy ray-curable adhesive such as a (meth) acrylate-based adhesive and a cationic polymerization curable adhesive.
  • the curable component in the (meth) acrylate-based adhesive include a compound having a (meth) acryloyl group and a compound having a vinyl group.
  • a compound having an epoxy group or an oxetanyl group can also be used as the cationic polymerization curable adhesive.
  • the compound having an epoxy group is not particularly limited as long as it has at least two epoxy groups in the molecule, and various generally known curable epoxy compounds can be used.
  • Preferred epoxy compounds include compounds having at least two epoxy groups and at least one aromatic ring in the molecule (aromatic epoxy compounds) and at least one of them having at least two epoxy groups in the molecule. Examples thereof include a compound (alicyclic epoxy compound) formed between two adjacent carbon atoms constituting an alicyclic ring.
  • [Functional layer] It is preferable to have a functional layer having a function of reducing short wave light on the visual side of the optically anisotropic layer.
  • reducing short-wave light it is possible to provide an organic electroluminescence display device which suppresses photodecomposition of a dye compound and has excellent light resistance.
  • the above-mentioned adhesive layer, support, polarizer protective film and the like have a function of reducing short wave light.
  • the method for reducing shortwave light is not particularly limited, and a method using light absorption by an absorber or the like and a method using wavelength selective reflection by a multilayer film are exemplified.
  • the above-mentioned shortwave light refers to light having a wavelength of 430 nm or less.
  • By reducing the light having a wavelength of 430 nm or less it is possible to suppress the photodecomposition of the liquid crystal compound by sunlight or the light source light used in the light resistance test of JIS B 7751 and JIS B 7754.
  • the transmittance is preferably 0.1% or less in the wavelength range of 350 to 390 nm, 20 to 70% in the range of 410 nm, and 90% or more in the range of 450 nm or more.
  • the transmittance at a wavelength of 410 nm is more preferably 40 to 50%.
  • the compound that absorbs shortwave light the merocyanine compound described in JP-A-2017-119700 and WO2018 / 123267 is preferably used. It is also preferable to use a conventionally known ultraviolet absorber in combination. Examples include organic UV absorbers such as oxybenzophenone UV absorbers, benzotriazole UV absorbers, salicylate ester UV absorbers, benzophenone UV absorbers, cyanoacrylate UV absorbers, and triazine UV absorbers. Be done.
  • organic UV absorbers such as oxybenzophenone UV absorbers, benzotriazole UV absorbers, salicylate ester UV absorbers, benzophenone UV absorbers, cyanoacrylate UV absorbers, and triazine UV absorbers. Be done.
  • the moisture permeability of the layer existing between the circularly polarizing plate and the silicon nitride layer is 100 g / m 2 ⁇ day or more. In other words, it is preferable not to have a layer having a moisture permeability of less than 100 g / m 2 ⁇ day between the circularly polarizing plate and the silicon nitride layer. Further, in the present invention, from the viewpoint of thinning, the thickness of the layer existing between the circularly polarizing plate and the silicon nitride layer needs to be 35 ⁇ m or less, and preferably 1 to 30 ⁇ m.
  • ⁇ Creation of surface protective layer H1> (Manufacturing of polyimide powder) After adding 832 g of N, N-dimethylacetamide (DMAc) to a 1 L reactor equipped with a stirrer, a nitrogen injection device, a dropping funnel, a temperature controller and a cooler under a nitrogen stream, the temperature of the reactor was changed to 25. It was set to °C. To this, 64.046 g (0.2 mol) of bistrifluoromethylbenzidine (TFDB) was added and dissolved.
  • DMAc N, N-dimethylacetamide
  • TFDB bistrifluoromethylbenzidine
  • Preparation of support S1 100 g of polyimide powder was dissolved in 670 g of N, N-dimethylacetamide (DMAc) to obtain a 13 mass% solution. The obtained solution was cast on a stainless steel plate and dried with hot air at 130 ° C. for 30 minutes. After that, the film is peeled off from the stainless steel plate, fixed to the frame with a pin, the frame to which the film is fixed is placed in a vacuum oven, heated for 2 hours while gradually increasing the heating temperature from 100 ° C to 300 ° C, and then gradually. Cooled to. After separating the cooled film from the frame, as a final heat treatment step, the film was further heat-treated at 300 ° C. for 30 minutes to obtain a support S1 having a thickness of 30 ⁇ m and made of a polyimide film.
  • DMAc N, N-dimethylacetamide
  • This reaction solution was heated to 80 ° C., and the polycondensation reaction was carried out under a nitrogen stream for 10 hours. Then, the reaction solution was cooled, 300 g of 5 mass% saline was added, and the organic layer was extracted. The organic layer was washed twice with 300 g of 5 mass% saline and 300 g of pure water, and then concentrated under the conditions of 1 mmHg and 50 ° C. to form a colorless and transparent liquid as a MIBK solution having a solid content concentration of 59.8 mass%.
  • Rb 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyl group
  • Rc methyl group
  • MIBK methyl isobutyl ketone
  • the obtained compound (A) had a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 2310 and a dispersity (Mw / Mn) of 2.1. In addition, 1 mmHg is about 133.322 Pa.
  • composition for forming a hard coat layer HC-1) CPI-100P the polymer (1-1) and MIBK (methyl isobutyl ketone) are added to the MIBK solution containing the compound (A), and the concentration of each component is adjusted to the following concentration. It was put into a mixing tank and stirred. The obtained composition was filtered through a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 0.4 ⁇ m to obtain a hard coat layer forming composition HC-1.
  • Compound (A) 98.6 parts by mass CPI-100P 1.3 parts by mass Polymer (1-1) 0.1 parts by mass Methyl isobutyl ketone 100.0 parts by mass
  • the compounds used in the composition for forming the hard coat layer are as follows.
  • CPI-100P Cationic Photopolymerization Initiator, manufactured by Sun Appro Co., Ltd.
  • composition for forming mixed layer M-1 Composition for forming a mixed layer M-1
  • MEK methyl ethyl ketone
  • DPHA methyl ethyl ketone
  • CPI-100P methyl ethyl ketone
  • Irgacure 127 leveling agent-1
  • MEK methyl ethyl ketone
  • MEK methyl ethyl ketone
  • MEK methyl ethyl ketone
  • Compound (A) 42.85 parts by mass DPHA 42.85 parts by mass CPI-100P 1.3 parts by mass Irgacure 127 5.0 parts by mass Leveling agent-1 8.0 parts by mass Methyl ethyl ketone 500.0 parts by mass
  • composition SR-1 for forming a scratch-resistant layer
  • composition SR-1 for forming a scratch-resistant layer
  • Each component was charged into a mixing tank with the composition described below, stirred, and filtered through a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 0.4 ⁇ m to obtain a scratch-resistant layer forming composition SR-1.
  • the compounds used in the scratch-resistant layer forming composition are as follows. RS-90: Slipper, manufactured by DIC Corporation
  • the composition for forming a hard coat layer HC-1 was applied onto the base material S-1 using a die coater. After drying at 120 ° C. for 1 minute, the hard coat layer was semi-cured by irradiating ultraviolet rays with an illuminance of 18 mW / cm 2 and an irradiation amount of 10 mJ / cm 2 using an air-cooled mercury lamp at 25 ° C. The refractive index of this layer was 1.53.
  • a mixed layer forming composition prepared by adding MEK to the mixed layer forming composition M-1 and diluting the solid content concentration to 1/10 was prepared and applied on a semi-cured hard coat layer using a die coater. .. After drying at 120 ° C.
  • the mixed layer is semi-cured by irradiating ultraviolet rays with an illuminance of 18 mW / cm 2 and an irradiation amount of 10 mJ / cm 2 using an air-cooled mercury lamp at 25 ° C. and an oxygen concentration of 1%. Then, a mixed layer was provided on the hard coat layer.
  • the scratch-resistant layer forming composition SR-1 was applied onto the semi-cured mixed layer using a die coater. After drying at 120 ° C. for 1 minute, it is irradiated with ultraviolet rays having an illuminance of 60 mW / cm 2 and an irradiation amount of 800 mJ / cm 2 using an air-cooled mercury lamp under the conditions of 25 ° C.
  • the hard coat layer, the mixed layer, and the scratch-resistant layer were completely cured by irradiating ultraviolet rays with an illuminance of 60 mW / cm 2 and an irradiation amount of 800 mJ / cm 2 using an air-cooled mercury lamp at a concentration of 100 ppm.
  • the obtained film is then heat-treated at 120 ° C. for 1 hour to provide a surface protective layer having a 0.1 ⁇ m-thick mixed layer and a 1.0 ⁇ m-thick scratch-resistant layer on a 11.0 ⁇ m-thick hard coat layer.
  • Moisture permeability of the surface protective layer H1 is was 1g / m 2 ⁇ day than.
  • ⁇ Preparation of PVA adhesive 20 parts of methylol melamine at 30 ° C. with respect to 100 parts of a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin containing an acetoacetyl group (average degree of polymerization: 1200, saponification degree: 98.5 mol%, acetoacetylation degree: 5 mol%).
  • An aqueous solution was prepared by dissolving it in pure water under temperature conditions and adjusting the solid content concentration to 3.7%.
  • an acrylate-based polymer was prepared according to the following procedure. 95 parts by weight of butyl acrylate and 5 parts by weight of acrylic acid are polymerized by a solution polymerization method in a reaction vessel equipped with a cooling tube, a nitrogen introduction tube, a thermometer and a stirrer to achieve an average molecular weight of 2 million and a molecular weight distribution (Mw /). An acrylate-based polymer A1 of Mn) 3.0 was obtained.
  • an acrylate-based pressure-sensitive adhesive was prepared with the compositions shown in Table 3 below. These compositions are applied to a separate film surface-treated with a silicone-based release agent using a die coater, dried in an environment of 90 ° C. for 1 minute, and irradiated with ultraviolet rays (UV) under the following conditions to obtain an adhesive layer. N1 and N2 were obtained. The composition, film thickness, and storage elastic modulus of the acrylate-based pressure-sensitive adhesive are shown in Table 3 below. (UV irradiation conditions (irradiation only for N1)) Fusion Co. electrodeless lamp H Valve illuminance 600 mW / cm 2, light quantity 150 mJ / cm 2 -UV illuminance and light intensity were measured using "UVPF-36" manufactured by Eye Graphics.
  • (A) Polyfunctional acrylate-based monomer: Tris (acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanurate, molecular weight 423, trifunctional type (manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd., trade name "Aronix M-315")
  • (C) Isocyanate-based cross-linking agent Trimethylolpropane-modified tolylene diisocyanate (“Coronate L” manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd.)
  • a polyvinyl alcohol-based film (VF-XS manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 75 ⁇ m, a degree of polymerization of 2400, and a saponification degree of 99% or more is swollen with warm water at 40 ° C. Staining was performed.
  • the dyed film was stretched in a solution containing 3% by weight of boric acid, stretched, and then immersed in an aqueous solution containing 5% by weight of potassium iodide.
  • the film immersed in the potassium iodide aqueous solution for 15 seconds was dried in a dryer at 70 ° C. for 10 minutes to obtain a polarizer 1 having a thickness of 15 ⁇ m.
  • the polarizer protective film 1 was attached to one surface of the polarizer 1 using the PVA adhesive to prepare a polarizer 1 with a single-sided protective film. Further, using the adhesive layer N1, the protective film 1 side of the polarizing element 1 with a single-sided protective film and the support S1 side of the surface protective layer H1 were bonded to each other to prepare a polarizing element 1 with a surface protective layer H1.
  • a composition for forming a photoalignment layer E1 was prepared with the following composition, dissolved for 1 hour with stirring, and filtered through a 0.45 ⁇ m filter.
  • Photoactive compound E-4 weight average molecular weight; 51000
  • a composition P1 for forming a light absorption anisotropic layer was prepared with the following composition, dissolved by heating at 80 ° C. for 2 hours with stirring, and filtered through a 0.45 ⁇ m filter.
  • the molar content of the radically polymerizable group is 1.98 mmol / g.
  • composition for forming an anisotropic layer of light absorption P1 ⁇ -The following dichroic dye D1 2.6 parts by mass-The following dichroic dye D2 2.6 parts by mass-The following dichroic dye D3 2.2 parts by mass-The following liquid crystal compound M1 100.0 parts by mass-polymerization initiator IRGACURE369 (manufactured by BASF) 5.0 parts by mass, BYK361N (manufactured by Big Chemie Japan) 0.9 parts by mass, cyclopentanone 925.0 parts by mass ⁇ ⁇
  • the composition E1 for forming a photoalignment layer was applied onto a cellulose triacetate film TJ40 (manufactured by Fujifilm: thickness 40 ⁇ m) and dried at 60 ° C. for 2 minutes. Then, the obtained coating film was irradiated with linearly polarized ultraviolet rays (100 mJ / cm 2 ) using a polarized ultraviolet exposure apparatus to prepare a photoalignment layer E1.
  • the composition P1 for forming a light absorption anisotropic layer was applied onto the obtained photo-alignment layer E1 with a wire bar. Next, the obtained coating film was heated at 120 ° C. for 60 seconds and cooled to room temperature.
  • the light absorption anisotropic layer P1 having a thickness of 1.7 ⁇ m was formed by irradiating with ultraviolet rays having an exposure amount of 2000 mJ / cm 2 using a high-pressure mercury lamp. It was confirmed that the liquid crystal of the light absorption anisotropic layer was in the smectic B phase.
  • the obtained coating film is irradiated with ultraviolet rays at an exposure amount of 400 mJ / cm 2 (365 nm standard) using an ultraviolet (UV) irradiation device (SPOT CURE SP-7, manufactured by Ushio Denki Co., Ltd.).
  • a protective layer B1 (3 ⁇ m) was formed on the absorption anisotropic layer P1 to prepare a polarizing film 3B containing the light absorption anisotropic layer P1.
  • the TJ40 side of the polarizing film 3B and the support S1 side of the surface protective layer H1 were attached to each other using the adhesive sheet N1 to prepare a polarizer 3 with the surface protective layer H1.
  • Coating liquid PA1 for forming an alignment layer The following polymer PA-1 100.00 parts by mass The following acid generator PAG-1 5.00 parts by mass The following acid generator CPI-110TF 0.005 parts by mass Xylene 1220.00 parts by mass Methyl isobutyl ketone 122.00 parts by mass- ⁇
  • ⁇ Formation of light absorption anisotropic layer P2> The following composition for forming a light absorption anisotropic layer P2 was continuously applied on the obtained photo-alignment layer PA1 with a wire bar to form a coating film P2. Next, the coating film P2 was heated at 140 ° C. for 30 seconds, and then the coating film P2 was cooled to room temperature (23 ° C.). Next, the obtained coating film P2 was heated at 90 ° C. for 60 seconds and cooled again to room temperature.
  • a light absorption anisotropic layer P2 was produced on the light alignment layer PA1 by irradiating with an LED (light emitting diode) lamp (center wavelength 365 nm) for 2 seconds under an illuminance of 200 mW / cm 2.
  • the molar content of the radically polymerizable group is 1.17 mmol / g.
  • the film thickness of the light absorption anisotropic layer P2 was 1.5 ⁇ m.
  • the following low molecular weight liquid crystal compound M-1 1.36 parts by mass ⁇
  • Polymerization initiator IRGACUREOXE-02 manufactured by BASF
  • surfactant F-1 0.026 mass Parts ⁇ Cyclopentanone 46.00 parts by mass ⁇ tetrahydrofuran 46.00 parts by mass ⁇ benzyl alcohol 3.00 parts by mass ⁇ ⁇
  • ⁇ Formation of hardened layer K1> The following cured layer forming composition K1 was continuously applied with a wire bar on the obtained light absorption anisotropic layer P2 to form a coating film. Next, the coating film was dried at room temperature, and then irradiated for 15 seconds under an irradiation condition of an illuminance of 28 mW / cm 2 using a high-pressure mercury lamp to prepare a cured layer K1 on the light absorption anisotropic layer P2.
  • the film thickness of the cured layer K1 was 0.05 ⁇ m.
  • Oxygen blocking layer forming composition B2 ⁇ -The following modified polyvinyl alcohol 3.80 parts by mass-Initiator Irg2959 0.20 parts by mass-70 parts by mass of water-30 parts by mass of methanol ⁇ ⁇
  • the oxygen blocking layer B2 side of the polarizing film 4B and the support S1 side of the surface protective layer H1 were attached using the adhesive sheet N1. Then, only TJ40 was peeled off to prepare a polarizer 4 with a surface protective layer H1.
  • UV Adhesive Composition ⁇ ⁇ CEL2021P (manufactured by Daicel) 70 parts by mass ⁇ 1,4-butanediol diglycidyl ether 20 parts by mass ⁇ 2-ethylhexyl glycidyl ether 10 parts by mass ⁇ CPI-100P 2.25 parts by mass ⁇ ⁇
  • the following matting solution was added to 90 parts by mass of the above core layer cellulose acylate dope to prepare a cellulose acetate solution to be used as the outer layer cellulose acylate dope.
  • Matte solution ⁇ -Silica particles with an average particle size of 20 nm (AEROSIL R972, manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.) 2 parts by mass-Methylene chloride (first solvent) 76 parts by mass-Methanol (second solvent) 11 parts by mass-The above core layer cellulose acid Rate Dope 1 part by mass ⁇
  • the core layer cellulose acylate dope and the outer layer cellulose acylate dope After filtering the core layer cellulose acylate dope and the outer layer cellulose acylate dope with a filter paper having an average pore size of 34 ⁇ m and a sintered metal filter having an average pore size of 10 ⁇ m, the core layer cellulose acylate dope and the outer layer cellulose acylate dope on both sides thereof. And three layers were simultaneously cast on a drum at 20 ° C. from the casting port (band casting machine). The film was peeled off from the drum with a solvent content of about 20% by mass, both ends of the film in the width direction were fixed with tenter clips, and the film was dried while being stretched laterally at a stretching ratio of 1.1 times.
  • the obtained film was conveyed between the rolls of the heat treatment apparatus to be further dried to prepare a cellulose acylate film 1 having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m.
  • the Re (550) of the obtained cellulose acylate film 1 was 0 nm.
  • a coating liquid 1 for a photoalignment layer was prepared and coated on a cellulose acylate film 1 with a wire bar. Then, the obtained cellulose acylate film 1 was dried with warm air at 60 ° C. for 60 seconds to prepare a coating film 1 having a thickness of 300 nm.
  • composition A1 for forming a positive A plate having the following composition was prepared.
  • ⁇ Composition of composition A1 for forming a positive A plate ⁇ -The following polymerizable liquid crystal compound X-1 16.00 parts by mass-The following specific liquid crystal compound L-1 42.00 parts by mass-The following specific liquid crystal compound L-2 42.00 parts by mass-The following polymerization initiator S-1 0. 50 parts by mass, the following polymerizable compound B-1 2,000 parts by mass, the leveling agent (the following compound T-1) 0.20 parts by mass, methyl ethyl ketone (solvent) 230.00 parts by mass, cyclopentanone (solvent) 70. 00 parts by mass ⁇
  • the prepared coating film 1 was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in the atmosphere using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp.
  • a wire grid polarizer (ProFlux PPL02 manufactured by Moxtek, Inc.) was set so as to be parallel to the surface of the coating film 1 and exposed, and photoalignment treatment was performed to obtain a photoalignment layer 1.
  • the illuminance of the ultraviolet rays was set to 10 mJ / cm 2 in the UV-A region (ultraviolet A wave, integration of wavelengths of 320 to 380 nm).
  • the composition A1 for forming a positive A plate was applied onto the photoalignment layer 1 using a bar coater.
  • the obtained coating film is heat-aged at a film surface temperature of 100 ° C. for 20 seconds, cooled to 90 ° C., and then exposed to ultraviolet rays of 300 mJ / cm 2 using an air-cooled metal halide lamp (manufactured by Eye Graphics Co., Ltd.) under air.
  • a positive A plate A1 (corresponding to an optically anisotropic layer) was formed by immobilizing the nematic orientation state, and an optical film 1 containing the positive A plate A1 was produced.
  • the formed positive A plate A1 had a film thickness of 2.5 ⁇ m.
  • Re (550) of positive A plate A1 is 145 nm, Rth (550) is 73 nm, Re (550) / Re (450) is 1.13, Re (650) / Re (550) is 1.01, and the optical axis is The tilt angle was 0 ° and the liquid crystal compound was homogeneously oriented.
  • Production Example 4 In the same manner as in Production Example 1, after corona-treating the cellulose acylate film 1 side of the optically anisotropic film 1 and the alignment layer PA1 side of the polarizer of the polarizing element 4 with the surface protective layer H1 produced above, respectively. , The laminate 4 of Production Example 4 was obtained by pasting with the above UV adhesive.
  • the low-reflection surface film CV-LC5 (FUJIFILM, moisture permeability 1g / m 2 ⁇ day or more) were prepared.
  • the oxygen blocking layer B2 side of the polarizing film 4B and the support side of the surface protective layer H2 were attached using the above adhesive sheet.
  • only TJ40 was peeled off to prepare a polarizer 4 with a surface protective layer H2.
  • the cellulose acylate film 1 side of the optically anisotropic film 1 and the alignment layer layer PA1 side of the polarizer of the polarizer 4 with the surface protective layer H2 prepared above were corona-treated, respectively. After that, it was attached with the above UV adhesive to obtain a laminate 5 of Production Example 5.
  • composition A2 for forming a positive A plate
  • 100 parts by mass of the following specific liquid crystal compound L-6 was used instead of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound X-1, the specific liquid crystal compound L-1, and the specific liquid crystal compound L-2. Except for the above, the positive A plate forming composition A2 was prepared in the same manner as the positive A plate forming composition A1.
  • composition A3 for forming a positive A plate
  • 100 parts by mass of the following specific liquid crystal compound L-9 was used instead of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound X-1, the specific liquid crystal compound L-1, and the specific liquid crystal compound L-2. Except for the above, the positive A plate forming composition A3 was prepared in the same manner as the positive A plate forming composition A1.
  • composition A4 for forming a positive A plate having the following composition was prepared.
  • ⁇ Composition of composition A4 for forming a positive A plate ⁇ -The following specified liquid crystal compound L-17 70.00 parts by mass-The following specified liquid crystal compound L-5 30.00 parts by mass-Polymerization initiator OXE-03 (manufactured by BASF Japan) 4.00 parts by mass-Adeca Arclus NCI- 831 (manufactured by Adeca) 5.00 parts by mass, leveling agent (compound T-1) 0.10 parts by mass, antioxidant BHT (manufactured by Tokyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.) 0.90 parts by mass, methyl ethyl ketone (solvent) 60. 00 parts by mass, cyclopentanone (solvent) 240.00 parts by mass ⁇
  • composition A5 for forming a positive A plate Similar to the positive A plate forming composition A4, except that 100 parts by mass of the following specified liquid crystal compound L-7 was used in place of the specific liquid crystal compounds L-17 and L-5 in the positive A plate forming composition A4.
  • the composition A5 for forming a positive A plate was prepared by the method of.
  • composition A6 for forming a positive A plate Similar to the positive A plate forming composition A4, except that 100 parts by mass of the following specified liquid crystal compound L-8 was used in place of the specific liquid crystal compounds L-17 and L-5 in the positive A plate forming composition A4.
  • the composition A6 for forming a positive A plate was prepared by the method of.
  • composition A7 for Forming Positive A Plate Similar to the positive A plate forming composition A4, except that 100 parts by mass of the following specified liquid crystal compound L-10 was used in place of the specific liquid crystal compounds L-17 and L-5 in the positive A plate forming composition A4.
  • composition A8 for Forming Positive A Plate Similar to the positive A plate forming composition A4, except that 100 parts by mass of the following specified liquid crystal compound L-11 was used in place of the specific liquid crystal compounds L-17 and L-5 in the positive A plate forming composition A4.
  • the composition A8 for forming a positive A plate was prepared by the method of.
  • composition A9 for Forming Positive A Plate Similar to the positive A plate forming composition A4, except that 100 parts by mass of the following specified liquid crystal compound L-12 was used in place of the specific liquid crystal compounds L-17 and L-5 in the positive A plate forming composition A4.
  • the composition A9 for forming a positive A plate was prepared by the method of.
  • composition A10 for Forming Positive A Plate Similar to the positive A plate forming composition A4, except that 100 parts by mass of the following specified liquid crystal compound L-13 was used in place of the specific liquid crystal compounds L-17 and L-5 in the positive A plate forming composition A4.
  • the composition A10 for forming a positive A plate was prepared by the method of.
  • composition A11 for forming a positive A plate having the following composition was prepared.
  • ⁇ Composition of composition A11 for forming a positive A plate ⁇ -The following specific liquid crystal compound L-14 35.00 parts by mass-The above polymerizable liquid crystal compound X-1 15.00 parts by mass-The following polymerizable liquid crystal compound X-2 35.00 parts by mass-The following polymerizable liquid crystal compound X-3 15.00 parts by mass, polymerization initiator OXE-03 (manufactured by BASF Japan) 5.00 parts by mass, Adeca Arckles NCI-831 (manufactured by Adeca) 4.00 parts by mass, the above acid anhydride K-1 4.
  • leveling agent compound T-1 0.10 parts by mass
  • antioxidant BHT manufactured by Tokyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.
  • methyl ethyl ketone solvent
  • cyclopentanone solvent 240.00 parts by mass
  • composition A12 for forming a positive A plate having the following composition was prepared.
  • ⁇ Composition of composition A12 for forming a positive A plate ⁇ -The following specific liquid crystal compound L-15 42.00 parts by mass-The following specific liquid crystal compound L-16 42.00 parts by mass-The above polymerizable liquid crystal compound X-1 5.00 parts by mass-The following polymerizable liquid crystal compound X-5 11 .00 parts by mass, the polymerization initiator S-1 0.50 parts by mass, the acid anhydride K-1 4.00 parts by mass, the polymerizable compound B-1 2.00 parts by mass, the leveling agent (the compound T) -1) 0.23 parts by mass, methyl ethyl ketone (solvent) 50.00 parts by mass, cyclopentanone (solvent) 250.00 parts by mass ⁇ ⁇
  • the glass EAGLE-XG manufactured by Corning Inc. was used as a glass substrate A (thickness: 1.1 mm).
  • the glass substrate A was set in the substrate holder in the vacuum chamber of the CVD apparatus, and the vacuum chamber was closed. Next, the inside of the vacuum chamber was exhausted, and when the pressure reached 0.1 Pa, the raw material gas was introduced.
  • the flow rate of silane gas was 100 cc / min
  • the flow rate of ammonia gas was 300 cc / min
  • the flow rate of hydrogen gas was 1000 cc / min.
  • a plasma excitation power of 2000 W is supplied to the electrodes from a high frequency power supply of 13.5 MHz to form a gas barrier film containing silicon nitride as a main component on the surface of the glass substrate.
  • a glass substrate with a silicon nitride layer was used.
  • the film thickness of the gas barrier film was 50 nm. The film thickness was controlled by an experiment conducted in advance. Further, during the film formation, the substrate temperature was adjusted to 70 ° C. or lower by the temperature adjusting means built in the substrate holder.
  • This effective reflectance serves as an index of the antireflection function of the circularly polarizing plate composed of the polarizer layer and the optically anisotropic layer.
  • a spectrocolorimeter manufactured by Konica Minolta
  • the Y value of the display system in the observation condition 10 ° field of view and the observation light source D65 was taken as the total reflectance.
  • the "type” column in the “optically anisotropic layer” column represents the type of the positive A plate forming composition used.
  • the “laminate type” column indicates the type of laminate used.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention addresses the problem of providing an organic electroluminescent display device which has excellent wet heat durability. An organic electroluminescent display device according to the present invention sequentially comprises, in the following order from the viewing side, at least a circularly polarizing plate, an adhesive layer, a silicon nitride layer and an organic electroluminescent display element that comprises a pair of electrodes and an organic light emitting layer that is sandwiched between the electrodes. With respect to this organic electroluminescent display device, the circularly polarizing plate comprises a polarizer and an optically anisotropic layer; the polarizer comprises a dichroic organic dye; the optically anisotropic layer is formed using a composition that contains a polymerizable liquid crystal compound; and a layer that is present between the circularly polarizing plate and the silicon nitride layer has a thickness of 35 μm or less.

Description

有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置Organic electroluminescence display device
 本発明は、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス(以下、「EL」とも略す。)表示装置に関する。 The present invention relates to an organic electroluminescence (hereinafter, also abbreviated as "EL") display device.
 従来から、光学異方性層と偏光子とを有する偏光板が、反射防止などを目的として、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置に用いられている。
 近年、偏光板が適用される装置の薄型化の要求から、偏光板に含まれる光学異方性層についても薄型化が求められている。
 このような要求に対して、例えば、特許文献1および2においては、光学異方性層の形成に使用する化合物として、所定の構造を有する重合性液晶化合物の利用が提案されている。
Conventionally, a polarizing plate having an optically anisotropic layer and a polarizer has been used in an organic electroluminescence display device for the purpose of antireflection and the like.
In recent years, due to the demand for thinning of the apparatus to which the polarizing plate is applied, the optically anisotropic layer contained in the polarizing plate is also required to be thinned.
In response to such demands, for example, Patent Documents 1 and 2 propose the use of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound having a predetermined structure as a compound used for forming an optically anisotropic layer.
国際公開第2014/010325号International Publication No. 2014/010325 特開2011-207765号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2011-207765
 有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置において、有機発光素子が酸素や水分に弱く、それらを遮断するために窒化ケイ素層が設置されることが多い。
 そこで、本発明者らは、特許文献1および2に記載されている重合性液晶化合物を用いて形成された光学異方性層を有する円偏光板を作製し、この円偏光板を粘着層を介して窒化ケイ素層上に配置し、得られた積層体を高温高湿下の条件に長時間曝した場合、反射防止性能の劣化が生じることを明らかとした。
 また、本発明者らは、解析の結果、故障発生領域において、偏光度の変化や面内レターデーション(Re)の変化を生じていることを明らかとした。
 以後、積層体を高湿高温下に曝した際に面内レターデーションの変化が抑制されることを、湿熱耐久性に優れると表現する。
In an organic electroluminescence display device, an organic light emitting element is vulnerable to oxygen and moisture, and a silicon nitride layer is often installed to block them.
Therefore, the present inventors have produced a circularly polarizing plate having an optically anisotropic layer formed by using the polymerizable liquid crystal compounds described in Patent Documents 1 and 2, and use this circularly polarizing plate as an adhesive layer. It was clarified that the antireflection performance deteriorates when the obtained laminate is exposed to the conditions of high temperature and high humidity for a long time by arranging it on the silicon nitride layer.
In addition, as a result of the analysis, the present inventors have clarified that a change in the degree of polarization and a change in the in-plane retardation (Re) occur in the failure occurrence region.
Hereinafter, the fact that the change in the in-plane retardation is suppressed when the laminate is exposed to high humidity and high temperature is expressed as having excellent wet and heat durability.
 本発明は、湿熱耐久性に優れた有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置を提供することを課題とする。 An object of the present invention is to provide an organic electroluminescence display device having excellent wet and heat durability.
 本発明者らは、以下の構成により上記課題が解決できることを見出した。 The present inventors have found that the above problems can be solved by the following configuration.
 [1] 視認側から、円偏光板と、粘着層と、窒化ケイ素層と、一対の電極およびその間に挟まれた有機発光層を有する有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示素子と、をこの順で少なくとも含む有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置であって、
 円偏光板が、偏光子および光学異方性層を有し、
 偏光子が、二色性有機色素を有する偏光子であり、
 光学異方性層が、重合性液晶化合物を含む組成物を用いて形成された層であり、
 円偏光板と窒化ケイ素層との間に存在する層の厚みが35μm以下である、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置。
 [2] 偏光子が、二色性有機色素および重合性液晶化合物を含む組成物を用いて形成された、[1]に記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置。
 [3] 円偏光板と窒化ケイ素層との間に存在する層の透湿度が100g/m・day以上である、[1]または[2]に記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置。
 [4] 光学異方性層の形成に用いる組成物が、後述する式(II)で表される部分構造を有する重合性液晶化合物を含む、[1]~[3]のいずれかに記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置。
 [5] 光学異方性層の波長450nmで測定した面内レターデーション値であるRe(450)と、光学異方性層の波長550nmで測定した面内レターデーション値であるRe(550)と、光学異方性層の波長650nmで測定した面内レターデーションの値であるRe(650)とが、Re(450)≦Re(550)≦Re(650)の関係を満たす、[1]~[4]のいずれかに記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置。
 [6] 光学異方性層がポジティブAプレートである、[1]~[5]のいずれかに記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置。
 [7] 光学異方性層がλ/4板である、[1]~[6]のいずれかに記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置。
 [8] 光学異方性層の遅相軸と偏光子の吸収軸とのなす角度が45°±10°である、[1]~[7]のいずれかに記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置。
 [9] 偏光子が、二色性有機色素および重合性液晶化合物を含む組成物から形成され、重合性液晶化合物が組成物の固形分質量の60質量%以上である、[1]~[8]のいずれかに記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置。
 [10] 円偏光板の視認側に表面保護層を有し、表面保護層の透湿度が1g/m・day以上である、[1]~[9]のいずれかに記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置。
[1] From the visual side, an organic electro that includes at least a circularly polarizing plate, an adhesive layer, a silicon nitride layer, a pair of electrodes, and an organic electroluminescence display device having an organic light emitting layer sandwiched between them in this order. Luminescence display device
The circularly polarizing plate has a polarizer and an optically anisotropic layer.
The polarizer is a polarizer having a dichroic organic dye,
The optically anisotropic layer is a layer formed by using a composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
An organic electroluminescence display device in which the thickness of the layer existing between the circularly polarizing plate and the silicon nitride layer is 35 μm or less.
[2] The organic electroluminescence display device according to [1], wherein the polarizer is formed by using a composition containing a dichroic organic dye and a polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
[3] circularly polarized moisture permeability layers present between the light plate and the silicon nitride layer is the 100 g / m 2 · day or more, [1] or an organic electroluminescent display device according to [2].
[4] The composition according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the composition used for forming the optically anisotropic layer contains a polymerizable liquid crystal compound having a partial structure represented by the formula (II) described later. Organic electroluminescence display device.
[5] Re (450), which is an in-plane retardation value measured at a wavelength of 450 nm of the optically anisotropic layer, and Re (550), which is an in-plane retardation value measured at a wavelength of 550 nm of the optically anisotropic layer. Re (650), which is the value of the in-plane retardation measured at a wavelength of 650 nm of the optically anisotropic layer, satisfies the relationship of Re (450) ≤ Re (550) ≤ Re (650), [1] to The organic electroluminescence display device according to any one of [4].
[6] The organic electroluminescence display device according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein the optically anisotropic layer is a positive A plate.
[7] The organic electroluminescence display device according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the optically anisotropic layer is a λ / 4 plate.
[8] The organic electroluminescence display device according to any one of [1] to [7], wherein the angle formed by the slow axis of the optically anisotropic layer and the absorption axis of the polarizer is 45 ° ± 10 °.
[9] The polarizer is formed from a composition containing a dichroic organic dye and a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is 60% by mass or more of the solid content mass of the composition, [1] to [8]. ] The organic electroluminescence display device according to any one of.
[10] yen has a surface protective layer on the viewer side of the polarizing plate, the moisture permeability of the surface protective layer is is 1g / m 2 · day or more, [1] The organic electroluminescence according to any one of to [9] Display device.
 本発明によれば、湿熱耐久性に優れた有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置を提供できる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an organic electroluminescence display device having excellent wet and heat durability.
本発明の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置の実施形態の一例を示す模式的な断面図である。It is a schematic cross-sectional view which shows an example of embodiment of the organic electroluminescence display device of this invention. 本発明の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置の実施形態の一例を示す模式的な断面図である。It is a schematic cross-sectional view which shows an example of embodiment of the organic electroluminescence display device of this invention. 本発明の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置の実施形態の一例を示す模式的な断面図である。It is a schematic cross-sectional view which shows an example of embodiment of the organic electroluminescence display device of this invention. 本発明の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置の実施形態の一例を示す模式的な断面図である。It is a schematic cross-sectional view which shows an example of embodiment of the organic electroluminescence display device of this invention.
 以下、本発明について詳細に説明する。
 以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本発明の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされることがあるが、本発明はそのような実施態様に限定されるものではない。
 なお、本明細書において、「~」を用いて表される数値範囲は、「~」の前後に記載される数値を下限値および上限値として含む範囲を意味する。
 また、本明細書において、各成分は、各成分に該当する物質を1種単独でも用いても、2種以上を併用してもよい。ここで、各成分について2種以上の物質を併用する場合、その成分についての含有量とは、特段の断りが無い限り、併用した物質の合計の含有量を指す。
 また、本明細書において、表記される二価の基(例えば、-O-CO-)の結合方向は、結合位置を明記している場合を除き、特に制限されず、例えば、後述する式(III)中のDが-CO-O-である場合、G側に結合している位置を*1、Ar側に結合している位置を*2とすると、Dは、*1-CO-O-*2であってもよく、*1-O-CO-*2であってもよい。
 また、本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、「アクリレート」および「メタクリレート」の総称であり、「(メタ)アクリル」は、「アクリル」および「メタクリル」の総称であり、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、「アクリロイル」および「メタクリロイル」の総称である。
 また、本明細書において、角度に関する「直交」および「平行」とは、厳密な角度±10°の範囲を意味するものとし、角度に関する「同一」および「異なる」は、その差が5°未満であるか否かを基準に判断できる。
 また、本明細書において、「可視光」とは、380~780nmのことをいう。
 また、本明細書において、測定波長について特に付記がない場合は、測定波長は550nmである。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail.
The description of the constituent elements described below may be based on typical embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
In the present specification, the numerical range represented by using "-" means a range including the numerical values before and after "-" as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
Further, in the present specification, as each component, a substance corresponding to each component may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Here, when two or more kinds of substances are used in combination for each component, the content of the component means the total content of the substances used in combination unless otherwise specified.
Further, in the present specification, the bonding direction of the divalent group (for example, -O-CO-) described is not particularly limited unless the bonding position is specified. When D 1 in III) is -CO-O-, assuming that the position bonded to the G 1 side is * 1 and the position bonded to the Ar side is * 2, D 1 is * 1-. It may be CO-O- * 2 or * 1-O-CO- * 2.
Further, in the present specification, "(meth) acrylate" is a general term for "acrylate" and "methacrylate", and "(meth) acrylic" is a general term for "acrylic" and "methacrylic", and "(meth) acrylic" is a general term for "(meth) acrylic". ) "Acryloyl" is a general term for "acryloyl" and "methacrylic".
Further, in the present specification, "orthogonal" and "parallel" with respect to an angle mean a range of a strict angle of ± 10 °, and "same" and "different" with respect to an angle have a difference of less than 5 °. It can be judged based on whether or not it is.
Further, in the present specification, "visible light" means 380 to 780 nm.
Further, in the present specification, unless otherwise specified, the measurement wavelength is 550 nm.
 本明細書において、「含水量」とは、切り出された試料の初期質量、および120℃で2時間乾燥後の乾燥質量の変化量を単位面積当たりに換算した質量を意味する。 In the present specification, the "moisture content" means the initial mass of the cut-out sample and the mass obtained by converting the amount of change in the dry mass after drying at 120 ° C. for 2 hours per unit area.
 本明細書において、「遅相軸」とは、面内において屈折率が最大となる方向を意味する。なお、光学異方性層の遅相軸という場合は、光学異方性層全体の遅相軸を意図する。 In the present specification, the "slow phase axis" means the direction in which the refractive index becomes maximum in the plane. The slow axis of the optically anisotropic layer is intended to be the slow axis of the entire optically anisotropic layer.
 本明細書において、「Re(λ)」および「Rth(λ)」は、それぞれ、波長λにおける面内のレターデーション、および、厚さ方向のレターデーションを表す。
 ここで、面内レターデーションおよび厚み方向のレターデーションの値は、AxoScan OPMF-1(オプトサイエンス社製)を用い、測定波長の光を用いて測定した値をいう。
 具体的には、AxoScan OPMF-1にて、平均屈折率((nx+ny+nz)/3)と膜厚(d(μm))を入力することにより、
 遅相軸方向(°)
 Re(λ)=R0(λ)
 Rth(λ)=((nx+ny)/2-nz)×d
が算出される。
 なお、R0(λ)は、AxoScan OPMF-1で算出される数値として表示されるものであるが、Re(λ)を意味している。
In the present specification, "Re (λ)" and "Rth (λ)" represent in-plane retardation at wavelength λ and retardation in the thickness direction, respectively.
Here, the values of in-plane retardation and retardation in the thickness direction refer to values measured using light of a measurement wavelength using AxoScan OPMF-1 (manufactured by Optoscience).
Specifically, by inputting the average refractive index ((nx + ny + nz) / 3) and the film thickness (d (μm)) in AxoScan OPMF-1.
Slow phase axial direction (°)
Re (λ) = R0 (λ)
Rth (λ) = ((nx + ny) /2-nz) × d
Is calculated.
Although R0 (λ) is displayed as a numerical value calculated by AxoScan OPMF-1, it means Re (λ).
 本発明の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置は、視認側から、円偏光板と、粘着層と、窒化ケイ素層と、一対の電極およびその間に挟まれた有機発光層を有する有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示素子と、をこの順で少なくとも含む有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置である。
 また、本発明の有機EL表示装置は、円偏光板が、偏光子および光学異方性層を有し、偏光子が、二色性有機色素を有する偏光子であり、光学異方性層が、重合性液晶化合物を含む組成物を用いて形成された層である。
 また、本発明の有機EL表示装置は、円偏光板と窒化ケイ素層との間に存在する層(層が複数存在する場合は複数の層の合計のことをいう。以下同様。)の厚みが35μm以下である。
The organic electroluminescence display device of the present invention comprises, from the visual side, a circular polarizing plate, an adhesive layer, a silicon nitride layer, a pair of electrodes, and an organic electroluminescence display element having an organic light emitting layer sandwiched between them. It is an organic electroluminescence display device including at least in this order.
Further, in the organic EL display device of the present invention, the circularly polarizing plate is a polarizing element having a polarizing element and an optically anisotropic layer, the polarizer is a polarizer having a bicolor organic dye, and the optically anisotropic layer is , A layer formed using a composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
Further, in the organic EL display device of the present invention, the thickness of the layer existing between the circularly polarizing plate and the silicon nitride layer (when a plurality of layers are present, it means the total of the plurality of layers; the same applies hereinafter). It is 35 μm or less.
 所定の光学異方性層および所定の偏光子を有する本発明の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置は、湿熱耐久性に優れる。
 これは、詳細には明らかではないが、本発明者らは以下のように推測している。
The organic electroluminescence display device of the present invention having a predetermined optically anisotropic layer and a predetermined polarizer has excellent moist heat durability.
This is not clear in detail, but the present inventors speculate as follows.
 有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置において、有機発光素子のバリア層として通常用いられる窒化ケイ素層は、作成方法によっては、水と反応しアンモニアを発生することが知られている。
 また、偏光子としては、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂とヨウ素が用いられることが多いが、このようなヨウ素を用いた偏光子は、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂がホウ酸架橋されることでPVA-ヨウ素錯体が保持され、二色性が発現されている。
 本発明者らは、湿熱耐久性が劣る要因として、ヨウ素を用いた偏光子のホウ酸架橋部位が窒化ケイ素層で発生したアンモニア存在下で加水分解されることで、PVA-ヨウ素錯体が保持されなくなり二色性が劣化すること、および、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂の膨潤率が高まり、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置の中の主要な水供給源として窒化ケイ素層への水分供給を高めることが要因ではないかと推定している。
It is known that a silicon nitride layer, which is usually used as a barrier layer of an organic light emitting device in an organic electroluminescence display device, reacts with water to generate ammonia depending on the production method.
Further, as the polarizer, a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin and iodine are often used, and the polarizer using such iodine retains the PVA-iodine complex by cross-linking the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin with boric acid. And dichroism is expressed.
As a factor of inferior wet heat durability, the present inventors retain the PVA-iodine complex by hydrolyzing the boric acid cross-linked site of the polarizer using iodine in the presence of ammonia generated in the silicon nitride layer. It seems that the factors are that the dichroism is lost and the dichroism is deteriorated, and that the swelling rate of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is increased, and that the water supply to the silicon nitride layer is increased as the main water supply source in the organic electroluminescence display device. I'm estimating.
 そのため、本発明においては、ホウ酸架橋の影響を受けない二色性有機色素を導入することにより、偏光子の劣化が抑制され、その結果、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置の湿熱耐久性が良好になったと考えられる。 Therefore, in the present invention, by introducing a dichroic organic dye that is not affected by boric acid cross-linking, deterioration of the polarizer is suppressed, and as a result, the moist heat durability of the organic electroluminescence display device is improved. It is thought that it was.
 図1、図2、図3および図4に、本発明の有機EL表示装置の一例を示す模式的な断面図を示す。
 ここで、図1に示す有機EL表示装置10は、偏光子13、ポジティブAプレート15、粘着層20、窒化ケイ素層17および有機EL表示素子18をこの順に有する層構成の有機EL表示装置である。
 また、図2に示す有機EL表示装置20は、表面保護層11、偏光子13、ポジティブAプレート15、粘着層20、窒化ケイ素層17および有機EL表示素子18をこの順に有する層構成の有機EL表示装置である。
 また、図3に示す有機EL表示装置30は、表面保護層11、偏光子13、ポジティブAプレート15、ポジティブCプレート16、粘着層20、窒化ケイ素層17および有機EL表示素子18をこの順に有する層構成の有機EL表示装置である。
 また、図4に示す有機EL表示装置40は、表面保護層11、偏光子保護フィルム12、偏光子13、偏光子保護フィルム14、ポジティブAプレート15、ポジティブCプレート16、粘着層20、窒化ケイ素層17および有機EL表示素子18をこの順に有する層構成の有機EL表示装置である。
 なお、図1~4においては、ポジティブAプレート15は、本発明の有機EL表示装置に含まれる光学異方性層に該当する。
 本発明においては、少なくとも、偏光子、光学異方性層、粘着層、窒化ケイ素層、および、有機EL表示素子が含まれる。
 以下、本発明の有機EL表示装置の各層および成分について詳細に説明する。
1, FIG. 2, FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 show a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the organic EL display device of the present invention.
Here, the organic EL display device 10 shown in FIG. 1 is a layered organic EL display device having a polarizer 13, a positive A plate 15, an adhesive layer 20, a silicon nitride layer 17, and an organic EL display element 18 in this order. ..
Further, the organic EL display device 20 shown in FIG. 2 has a layered organic EL having a surface protective layer 11, a polarizer 13, a positive A plate 15, an adhesive layer 20, a silicon nitride layer 17, and an organic EL display element 18 in this order. It is a display device.
Further, the organic EL display device 30 shown in FIG. 3 has a surface protective layer 11, a polarizer 13, a positive A plate 15, a positive C plate 16, an adhesive layer 20, a silicon nitride layer 17, and an organic EL display element 18 in this order. It is a layered organic EL display device.
Further, the organic EL display device 40 shown in FIG. 4 includes a surface protective layer 11, a polarizer protective film 12, a polarizer 13, a polarizer protective film 14, a positive A plate 15, a positive C plate 16, an adhesive layer 20, and silicon nitride. This is a layered organic EL display device having layers 17 and an organic EL display element 18 in this order.
In FIGS. 1 to 4, the positive A plate 15 corresponds to the optically anisotropic layer included in the organic EL display device of the present invention.
The present invention includes at least a polarizer, an optically anisotropic layer, an adhesive layer, a silicon nitride layer, and an organic EL display element.
Hereinafter, each layer and component of the organic EL display device of the present invention will be described in detail.
[円偏光板]
 本発明の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置は、光学異方性層および偏光子を具備する円偏光板を有する。
[Circular polarizing plate]
The organic electroluminescence display device of the present invention has a circularly polarizing plate including an optically anisotropic layer and a polarizer.
 〔光学異方性層〕
 円偏光板が具備する光学異方性層は、重合性液晶化合物を含む組成物を用いて形成された層である。
 一般的に、液晶化合物はその形状から、棒状タイプと円盤状タイプに分類できる。更にそれぞれ低分子と高分子タイプがある。高分子とは一般に重合度が100以上のものを指す(高分子物理・相転移ダイナミクス,土井 正男 著,2頁,岩波書店,1992)。
 本発明においては、いずれの液晶化合物を用いることもできるが、棒状液晶化合物またはディスコティック液晶化合物を用いるのが好ましく、棒状液晶化合物を用いるのがより好ましい。
[Optically anisotropic layer]
The optically anisotropic layer included in the circularly polarizing plate is a layer formed by using a composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
Generally, liquid crystal compounds can be classified into rod-shaped type and disk-shaped type according to their shape. Furthermore, there are low molecular weight and high molecular weight types, respectively. A polymer generally refers to a polymer having a degree of polymerization of 100 or more (Polymer Physics / Phase Transition Dynamics, Masao Doi, p. 2, Iwanami Shoten, 1992).
In the present invention, any liquid crystal compound can be used, but it is preferable to use a rod-shaped liquid crystal compound or a discotic liquid crystal compound, and it is more preferable to use a rod-shaped liquid crystal compound.
 本発明においては、上述の液晶化合物の固定化のために、重合性基を有する液晶化合物(重合性液晶化合物)を用いるが、液晶化合物が1分子中に重合性基を2以上有することが更に好ましい。なお、液晶化合物が2種類以上の混合物の場合には、少なくとも1種類の液晶化合物が1分子中に2以上の重合性基を有していることが好ましい。なお、液晶化合物が重合によって固定された後においては、もはや液晶性を示す必要はない。 In the present invention, a liquid crystal compound having a polymerizable group (polymerizable liquid crystal compound) is used for immobilization of the above-mentioned liquid crystal compound, but the liquid crystal compound further has two or more polymerizable groups in one molecule. preferable. When the liquid crystal compound is a mixture of two or more kinds, it is preferable that at least one kind of liquid crystal compound has two or more polymerizable groups in one molecule. After the liquid crystal compound is fixed by polymerization, it is no longer necessary to exhibit liquid crystallinity.
 また、重合性基の種類は特に制限されず、付加重合反応が可能な官能基が好ましく、重合性エチレン性不飽和基または環重合性基が好ましい。より具体的には、(メタ)アクリロイル基、ビニル基、スチリル基、アリル基などが好ましく挙げられ、(メタ)アクリロイル基がより好ましい。 The type of the polymerizable group is not particularly limited, and a functional group capable of an addition polymerization reaction is preferable, and a polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated group or a ring-polymerizable group is preferable. More specifically, a (meth) acryloyl group, a vinyl group, a styryl group, an allyl group and the like are preferably mentioned, and a (meth) acryloyl group is more preferable.
 棒状液晶化合物としては、例えば、特表平11-513019号公報の請求項1や特開2005-289980号公報の段落[0026]~[0098]に記載のものを好ましく用いることができ、ディスコティック液晶化合物としては、例えば、特開2007-108732号公報の段落[0020]~[0067]や特開2010-244038号公報の段落[0013]~[0108]に記載のものを好ましく用いることができるが、これらに限定されない。 As the rod-shaped liquid crystal compound, for example, those described in claim 1 of JP-A-11-513019 and paragraphs [0026] to [0098] of JP-A-2005-289980 can be preferably used, and discotics can be used. As the liquid crystal compound, for example, those described in paragraphs [0020] to [0067] of JP-A-2007-108732 and paragraphs [0013] to [0108] of JP-A-2010-244038 can be preferably used. However, it is not limited to these.
 本発明においては、光学異方性層は、光学特性個に優れる観点から、逆波長分散性を示す重合性液晶化合物(以下、「特定液晶化合物」ともいう。)を含む組成物(以下、「重合性液晶組成物」ともいう。)を用いて形成された層であることが好ましい。
 特定液晶化合物は、重合性液晶化合物であり、「逆波長分散性」を示す化合物である。
 ここで、本明細書において「逆波長分散性」を示す化合物とは、これを用いて作製された光学異方性層の特定波長(可視光範囲)における面内のレターデーション(Re)値を測定した際に、測定波長が大きくなるにつれてRe値が同等または高くなるものをいい、後述するようにRe(450)≦Re(550)≦Re(650)の関係を満たすものをいう。
In the present invention, the optically anisotropic layer is a composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound (hereinafter, also referred to as “specific liquid crystal compound”) exhibiting anti-wavelength dispersibility from the viewpoint of excellent optical characteristics (hereinafter, “specific liquid crystal compound”). It is preferably a layer formed by using "a polymerizable liquid crystal composition").
The specific liquid crystal compound is a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, and is a compound exhibiting "reverse wavelength dispersibility".
Here, the compound exhibiting "reverse wavelength dispersibility" in the present specification refers to an in-plane retardation (Re) value at a specific wavelength (visible light range) of an optically anisotropic layer produced using the compound. When measured, the Re value becomes equal or higher as the measurement wavelength becomes larger, and as will be described later, it means that the relationship of Re (450) ≤ Re (550) ≤ Re (650) is satisfied.
 逆波長分散性の重合性液晶化合物は、上記のように逆波長分散性のフィルムを形成できるものであれば特に限定されず、例えば、特開2008-297210号公報に記載の一般式(I)で表される化合物(特に、段落[0034]~[0039]に記載の化合物)、特開2010-084032号公報に記載の一般式(1)で表される化合物(特に、段落[0067]~[0073]に記載の化合物)、特開2019-73496号公報に記載の一般式(1)で表される化合物(特に、段落[0117]~[0124]に記載の化合物)及び、特開2016-081035公報に記載の一般式(1)で表される化合物(特に、段落[0043]~[0055]に記載の化合物)が挙げられる。 The reverse wavelength dispersible polymerizable liquid crystal compound is not particularly limited as long as it can form a reverse wavelength dispersible film as described above. For example, the general formula (I) described in JP-A-2008-297210 (In particular, the compounds described in paragraphs [0034] to [0039]), and the compounds represented by the general formula (1) described in JP-A-2010-084032 (particularly, paragraphs [0067] to [0067] to paragraphs [0067] to [0039]. [0073], the compound represented by the general formula (1) described in JP-A-2019-73496 (particularly, the compound described in paragraphs [0117] to [0124]), and JP-A-2016. Examples thereof include compounds represented by the general formula (1) described in -081035A (particularly, compounds described in paragraphs [0043] to [0055]).
 上記重合性液晶化合物としては、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、下記式(II)で表される部分構造を有する重合性液晶化合物が好ましい。
 *-D-Ar-D-*   ・・・(II)
As the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, a polymerizable liquid crystal compound having a partial structure represented by the following formula (II) is preferable because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
* -D 1 -Ar-D 2- * ... (II)
 上記式(II)中、D及びDは、それぞれ独立に、単結合、-O-、-CO-、-CO-O-、-C(=S)O-、-CR-、-CR-CR-、-O-CR-、-CR-O-CR-、-CO-O-CR-、-O-CO-CR-、-CR-CR-O-CO-、-CR-O-CO-CR-、-CR-CO-O-CR-、-NR-CR-、又は-CO-NR-を表す。
 R、R、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表す。R、R、R及びRのそれぞれが複数存在する場合には、複数のR、複数のR、複数のR及び複数のRはそれぞれ、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 Arは、式(Ar-1)~(Ar-7)で表される基からなる群から選択されるいずれかの芳香環を表す。なお、下記式(Ar-1)~(Ar-7)中、*は、D又はDとの結合位置を表し、下記式(Ar-1)~(Ar-7)中の符号の説明は、後述する式(III)中のArで説明するものと同様である。
In the above formula (II), D 1 and D 2 are independently single-bonded, -O-, -CO-, -CO-O-, -C (= S) O-, and -CR 1 R 2-. , -CR 1 R 2 -CR 3 R 4 -, - O-CR 1 R 2 -, - CR 1 R 2 -O-CR 3 R 4 -, - CO-O-CR 1 R 2 -, - O- CO-CR 1 R 2 -, - CR 1 R 2 -CR 3 R 4 -O-CO -, - CR 1 R 2 -O-CO-CR 3 R 4 -, - CR 1 R 2 -CO-O- CR 3 R 4 -, - NR 1 -CR 2 R 3 -, or -CO-NR 1 - represents a.
R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. When each of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 exists, the plurality of R 1 , the plurality of R 2 , the plurality of R 3 and the plurality of R 4 may be the same or different from each other. Good.
Ar represents any aromatic ring selected from the group consisting of the groups represented by the formulas (Ar-1) to (Ar-7). In the following formulas (Ar-1) to (Ar-7), * represents the bonding position with D 1 or D 2, and the description of the reference numerals in the following formulas (Ar-1) to (Ar-7). Is the same as that described by Ar in the formula (III) described later.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
 上記式(II)で表される部分構造を有する重合性液晶化合物としては、下記式(III)で表される重合性液晶化合物が好ましい。
 下記式(III)で表される重合性液晶化合物は、液晶性を示す化合物である。
 L-G-D-Ar-D-G-L   ・・・(III)
As the polymerizable liquid crystal compound having a partial structure represented by the above formula (II), the polymerizable liquid crystal compound represented by the following formula (III) is preferable.
The polymerizable liquid crystal compound represented by the following formula (III) is a compound exhibiting liquid crystallinity.
L 1- G 1- D 1- Ar-D 2- G 2- L 2 ... (III)
 上記式(III)中、D及びDは、それぞれ独立に、単結合、-O-、-CO-、-CO-O-、-C(=S)O-、-CR-、-CR-CR-、-O-CR-、-CR-O-CR-、-CO-O-CR-、-O-CO-CR-、-CR-CR-O-CO-、-CR-O-CO-CR-、-CR-CO-O-CR-、-NR-CR-、又は-CO-NR-を表す。
 R、R、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表す。R、R、R及びRのそれぞれが複数存在する場合には、複数のR、複数のR、複数のR及び複数のRはそれぞれ、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 G及びGは、それぞれ独立に、炭素数5~8の2価の脂環式炭化水素基、又は、芳香族炭化水素基を表し、上記脂環式炭化水素基に含まれるメチレン基は、-O-、-S-、又は-NH-で置換されていてもよい。
 L及びLはそれぞれ独立に、1価の有機基を表し、L及びLからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種が、重合性基を有する1価の基を表す。
 Arは、式(Ar-1)~(Ar-7)で表される基からなる群から選択されるいずれかの芳香環を表す。なお、下記式(Ar-1)~(Ar-7)中、*は、D又はDとの結合位置表す。
In the above formula (III), D 1 and D 2 are independently single-bonded, -O-, -CO-, -CO-O-, -C (= S) O-, and -CR 1 R 2-. , -CR 1 R 2 -CR 3 R 4 -, - O-CR 1 R 2 -, - CR 1 R 2 -O-CR 3 R 4 -, - CO-O-CR 1 R 2 -, - O- CO-CR 1 R 2 -, - CR 1 R 2 -CR 3 R 4 -O-CO -, - CR 1 R 2 -O-CO-CR 3 R 4 -, - CR 1 R 2 -CO-O- CR 3 R 4 -, - NR 1 -CR 2 R 3 -, or -CO-NR 1 - represents a.
R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. When each of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 exists, the plurality of R 1 , the plurality of R 2 , the plurality of R 3 and the plurality of R 4 may be the same or different from each other. Good.
G 1 and G 2 independently represent a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and the methylene group contained in the alicyclic hydrocarbon group is , -O-, -S-, or -NH- may be substituted.
L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, and at least one selected from the group consisting of L 1 and L 2 represents a monovalent group having a polymerizable group.
Ar represents any aromatic ring selected from the group consisting of the groups represented by the formulas (Ar-1) to (Ar-7). In the following formulas (Ar-1) to (Ar-7), * represents the bonding position with D 1 or D 2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 上記式(Ar-1)中、Qは、N又はCHを表し、Qは、-S-、-O-、又は、-N(R)-を表し、Rは、水素原子又は炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表し、Yは、置換基を有してもよい、炭素数6~12の芳香族炭化水素基、又は、炭素数3~12の芳香族複素環基を表す。
 Rが示す炭素数1~6のアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、及び、n-ヘキシル基が挙げられる。
 Yが示す炭素数6~12の芳香族炭化水素基としては、例えば、フェニル基、2,6-ジエチルフェニル基、及び、ナフチル基のアリール基が挙げられる。
 Yが示す炭素数3~12の芳香族複素環基としては、例えば、チエニル基、チアゾリル基、フリル基、及び、ピリジル基のヘテロアリール基が挙げられる。
 また、Yが有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、及び、ハロゲン原子が挙げられる。
 アルキル基としては、炭素数1~18のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~8のアルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基)がより好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキル基が更に好ましく、メチル基又はエチル基が特に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよい。
 アルコキシ基としては、例えば、炭素数1~18のアルコキシ基が好ましく、炭素数1~8のアルコキシ基(例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、n-ブトキシ基、及びメトキシエトキシ基)がより好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基が更に好ましく、メトキシ基又はエトキシ基が特に好ましい。
 ハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子が挙げられ、中でも、フッ素原子又は塩素原子が好ましい。
In the above formula (Ar-1), Q 1 represents N or CH, Q 2 represents -S-, -O-, or -N (R 7 )-, and R 7 is a hydrogen atom or Representing an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, Y 1 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms or an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent. Represent.
Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms indicated by R 7 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group and an n-pentyl group. Groups and n-hexyl groups can be mentioned.
Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms indicated by Y 1 include a phenyl group, a 2,6-diethylphenyl group, and an aryl group of a naphthyl group.
Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms indicated by Y 1 include a thienyl group, a thiazolyl group, a frill group, and a heteroaryl group of a pyridyl group.
Further , examples of the substituent that Y 1 may have include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and a halogen atom.
The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group). Groups, t-butyl groups, and cyclohexyl groups) are more preferred, alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms are even more preferred, and methyl or ethyl groups are particularly preferred. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
As the alkoxy group, for example, an alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (for example, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an n-butoxy group, and a methoxyethoxy group) is more preferable, and carbon. Alkoxy groups of numbers 1 to 4 are more preferable, and methoxy groups or ethoxy groups are particularly preferable.
Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and among them, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom is preferable.
 また、上記式(Ar-1)~(Ar-7)中、Z、Z及びZは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~20の1価の脂肪族炭化水素基、炭素数3~20の1価の脂環式炭化水素基、炭素数6~20の1価の芳香族炭化水素基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、-OR、-NR10、又は、-SR11を表し、R~R11は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表し、Z及びZは、互いに結合して芳香環を形成してもよい。
 炭素数1~20の1価の脂肪族炭化水素基としては、炭素数1~15のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~8のアルキル基がより好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、イソプロピル基、tert-ペンチル基(1,1-ジメチルプロピル基)、tert-ブチル基、又は1,1-ジメチル-3,3-ジメチル-ブチル基が更に好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、又はtert-ブチル基が特に好ましい。
 炭素数3~20の1価の脂環式炭化水素基としては、例えば、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘプチル基、シクロオクチル基、シクロデシル基、メチルシクロヘキシル基、及び、エチルシクロヘキシル基等の単環式飽和炭化水素基;シクロブテニル基、シクロペンテニル基、シクロヘキセニル基、シクロヘプテニル基、シクロオクテニル基、シクロデセニル基、シクロペンタジエニル基、シクロヘキサジエニル基、シクロオクタジエニル基、及び、シクロデカジエン等の単環式不飽和炭化水素基;ビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプチル基、ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクチル基、トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デシル基、トリシクロ[3.3.1.13,7]デシル基、テトラシクロ[6.2.1.13,6.02,7]ドデシル基、及び、アダマンチル基等の多環式飽和炭化水素基;等が挙げられる。
 炭素数6~20の1価の芳香族炭化水素基としては、例えば、フェニル基、2,6-ジエチルフェニル基、ナフチル基、及び、ビフェニル基が挙げられ、炭素数6~12のアリール基(特にフェニル基)が好ましい。
 ハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及び、ヨウ素原子が挙げられ、中でも、フッ素原子、塩素原子、又は、臭素原子が好ましい。
 R~R11が示す炭素数1~6のアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、及び、n-ヘキシル基が挙げられる。
Further, in the above formulas (Ar-1) to (Ar-7), Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 are independently hydrogen atoms, monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and carbons. A monovalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having a number of 3 to 20, a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, -OR 8 , -NR 9 R 10 , or , -SR 11 and R 8 to R 11 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and Z 1 and Z 2 may be bonded to each other to form an aromatic ring. Good.
As the monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, and tert are preferable. -Pentyl group (1,1-dimethylpropyl group), tert-butyl group, or 1,1-dimethyl-3,3-dimethyl-butyl group is more preferable, and methyl group, ethyl group, or tert-butyl group is particularly preferable. preferable.
Examples of the monovalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a cyclooctyl group, a cyclodecyl group, a methylcyclohexyl group, and the like. Monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon groups such as ethylcyclohexyl group; cyclobutenyl group, cyclopentenyl group, cyclohexenyl group, cycloheptenyl group, cyclooctenyl group, cyclodecenyl group, cyclopentadienyl group, cyclohexadienyl group, cyclooctadienyl group, And monocyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon groups such as cyclodecadien; bicyclo [2.2.1] heptyl group, bicyclo [2.2.2] octyl group, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] Decyl group, tricyclo [3.3.1.1 3,7 ] decyl group, tetracyclo [6.2.1.1 3,6 . 0 2,7 ] Dodecyl group, polycyclic saturated hydrocarbon group such as adamantyl group; and the like.
Examples of the monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms include a phenyl group, a 2,6-diethylphenyl group, a naphthyl group, and a biphenyl group, and an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms (an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms). Especially phenyl group) is preferable.
Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom, and among them, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or a bromine atom is preferable.
Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by R 8 to R 11 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a sec-butyl group, and a tert-butyl group. Examples thereof include an n-pentyl group and an n-hexyl group.
 また、上記式(Ar-2)及び(Ar-3)中、A及びAは、それぞれ独立に、-O-、-N(R12)-、-S-、及び、-CO-からなる群から選択される基を表し、R12は、水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 R12が示す置換基としては、上記式(Ar-1)中のYが有していてもよい置換基と同様のものが挙げられる。
Further, in the above formula (Ar-2) and (Ar-3), A 1 and A 2 are each independently, -O -, - N (R 12) -, - S-, and from -CO- Represents a group selected from the group, where R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or substituent.
Examples of the substituent represented by R 12 include the same substituents that Y 1 in the above formula (Ar-1) may have.
 また、上記式(Ar-2)中、Xは、水素原子又は置換基が結合していてもよい、第14~16族の非金属原子を表す。
 また、Xが示す第14~16族の非金属原子としては、例えば、酸素原子、硫黄原子、水素原子または置換基が結合した窒素原子〔=N-RN1,RN1は水素原子または置換基を表す。〕、水素原子または置換基が結合した炭素原子〔=C-(RC1,RC1は水素原子または置換基を表す。〕が挙げられる。
Further, in the above formula (Ar-2), X represents a non-metal atom of Groups 14 to 16 to which a hydrogen atom or a substituent may be bonded.
Further, as the non-metal atom of Group 14 to 16 indicated by X, for example, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a hydrogen atom or a nitrogen atom to which a substituent is bonded [= N- RN1 , RN1 is a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Represents. ], A carbon atom to which a hydrogen atom or a substituent is bonded [= C- ( RC1 ) 2 , RC1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. ] Can be mentioned.
 また、上記式(Ar-3)中、D及びDは、それぞれ独立に、単結合、又は、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-C(=S)-、-CR1a2a-、-CR3a=CR4a-、-NR5a-、もしくは、これらの2つ以上の組み合わせからなる2価の連結基を表し、R1a~R5aは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、又は、炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表す。
 ここで、2価の連結基としては、例えば、-CO-、-O-、-CO-O-、-C(=S)O-、-CR1b2b-、-CR1b2b-CR1b2b-、-O-CR1b2b-、-CR1b2b-O-CR1b2b-、-CO-O-CR1b2b-、-O-CO-CR1b2b-、-CR1b2b-O-CO-CR1b2b-、-CR1b2b-CO-O-CR1b2b-、-NR3b-CR1b2b-、及び、-CO-NR3b-が挙げられる。R1b、R2b及びR3bは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、又は、炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表す。
Further, in the above formula (Ar-3), D 4 and D 5 are independently single-bonded or -CO-, -O-, -S-, -C (= S)-, -CR 1a. R 2a- , -CR 3a = CR 4a- , -NR 5a- , or a divalent linking group consisting of a combination of two or more of these, and R 1a to R 5a are independent hydrogen atoms, respectively. Represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
Here, examples of the divalent linking group, for example, -CO -, - O -, - CO-O -, - C (= S) O -, - CR 1b R 2b -, - CR 1b R 2b -CR 1b R 2b -, - O- CR 1b R 2b -, - CR 1b R 2b -O-CR 1b R 2b -, - CO-O-CR 1b R 2b -, - O-CO-CR 1b R 2b -, -CR 1b R 2b -O-CO- CR 1b R 2b -, - CR 1b R 2b -CO-O-CR 1b R 2b -, - NR 3b -CR 1b R 2b -, and, -CO-NR 3b - Can be mentioned. R 1b , R 2b and R 3b independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 また、上記式(Ar-3)中、SP及びSPは、それぞれ独立に、単結合、炭素数1~12の直鎖状もしくは分岐鎖状のアルキレン基、又は、炭素数1~12の直鎖状もしくは分岐鎖状のアルキレン基を構成する-CH-の1個以上が-O-、-S-、-NH-、-N(Q)-、もしくは、-CO-に置換された2価の連結基を表し、Qは、置換基を表す。置換基としては、上記式(Ar-1)中のYが有していてもよい置換基と同様のものが挙げられる。
 ここで、炭素数1~12の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキレン基としては、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基、ヘキシレン基、メチルヘキシレン基、及び、へプチレン基が好ましい。
Further, in the above formula (Ar-3), SP 1 and SP 2 are independently single-bonded, linear or branched alkylene groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or 1 to 12 carbon atoms. One or more of -CH 2- constituting the linear or branched alkylene group was replaced with -O-, -S-, -NH-, -N (Q)-, or -CO-. It represents a divalent linking group and Q represents a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the same substituents that Y 1 in the above formula (Ar-1) may have.
Here, examples of the linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a pentylene group, a hexylene group, a methylhexylene group, and the like. A petitene group is preferred.
 また、上記式(Ar-3)中、L及びLは、それぞれ独立に、1価の有機基を表す。
 1価の有機基としては、例えば、アルキル基、アリール基、及び、ヘテロアリール基が挙げられる。アルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状又は環状であってもよいが、直鎖状が好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~10が更に好ましい。また、アリール基は、単環であっても多環であってもよいが単環が好ましい。アリール基の炭素数は、6~25が好ましく、6~10がより好ましい。また、ヘテロアリール基は、単環であっても多環であってもよい。ヘテロアリール基を構成するヘテロ原子の数は1~3が好ましい。ヘテロアリール基を構成するヘテロ原子は、窒素原子、硫黄原子、酸素原子が好ましい。ヘテロアリール基の炭素数は6~18が好ましく、6~12がより好ましい。また、アルキル基、アリール基及びヘテロアリール基は、無置換であってもよく、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上記式(Ar-1)中のYが有していてもよい置換基と同様のものが挙げられる。
Further, in the above formula (Ar-3), L 3 and L 4 each independently represent a monovalent organic group.
Examples of the monovalent organic group include an alkyl group, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, but linear is preferred. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 10. The aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, but monocyclic is preferable. The aryl group preferably has 6 to 25 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Further, the heteroaryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The number of heteroatoms constituting the heteroaryl group is preferably 1 to 3. The hetero atom constituting the heteroaryl group is preferably a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or an oxygen atom. The heteroaryl group preferably has 6 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. Further, the alkyl group, the aryl group and the heteroaryl group may be unsubstituted or have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the same substituents that Y 1 in the above formula (Ar-1) may have.
 また、上記式(Ar-4)~(Ar-7)中、Axは、芳香族炭化水素環及び芳香族複素環からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1つの芳香環を有する、炭素数2~30の有機基を表す。
 また、上記式(Ar-4)~(Ar-7)中、Ayは、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~12のアルキル基、又は、芳香族炭化水素環及び芳香族複素環からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの芳香環を有する、炭素数2~30の有機基を表す。
 ここで、Ax及びAyにおける芳香環は、置換基を有していてもよく、AxとAyとが結合して環を形成していてもよい。
 また、Qは、水素原子、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表す。
 Ax及びAyとしては、特許文献1(国際公開第2014/010325号)の[0039]~[0095]段落に記載されたものが挙げられる。
 また、Qが示す炭素数1~6のアルキル基としては、具体的には、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、及び、n-ヘキシル基などが挙げられ、置換基としては、上記式(Ar-1)中のYが有していてもよい置換基と同様のものが挙げられる。
Further, in the above formulas (Ar-4) to (Ar-7), Ax has at least one aromatic ring selected from the group consisting of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring and an aromatic heterocycle, and has 2 to 30 carbon atoms. Represents an organic group.
Further, in the above formulas (Ar-4) to (Ar-7), Ay is an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a hydrogen atom and a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon ring and aromatic. Represents an organic group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms and having at least one aromatic ring selected from the group consisting of group heterocycles.
Here, the aromatic ring in Ax and Ay may have a substituent, or Ax and Ay may be bonded to form a ring.
Further, Q 3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
Examples of Ax and Ay include those described in paragraphs [0039] to [0995] of Patent Document 1 (International Publication No. 2014/010325).
The alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by Q 3, specifically, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, n- butyl group, isobutyl group, sec- butyl group, tert -Butyl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group and the like can be mentioned, and examples of the substituent include the same substituents that Y 1 in the above formula (Ar-1) may have. Can be mentioned.
 式(III)で表される液晶化合物の各置換基の定義及び好ましい範囲については、特開2012-021068号公報に記載の化合物(A)に関するD、D、G、G、L、L、R、R、R、R、X、Y、Q、Qに関する記載をそれぞれD、D、G、G、L、L、R、R、R、R、Q、Y、Z、及びZについて参照でき、特開2008-107767号公報に記載の一般式(I)で表される化合物についてのA、A、及びXに関する記載をそれぞれA、A、及びXについて参照でき、国際公開第2013/018526号に記載の一般式(I)で表される化合物についてのAx、Ay、Qに関する記載をそれぞれAx、Ay、Qについて参照できる。Zについては特開2012-21068号公報に記載の化合物(A)に関するQの記載を参照できる。 Regarding the definition and preferable range of each substituent of the liquid crystal compound represented by the formula (III), D 1 , D 2 , G 1 , G 2 , L relating to the compound (A) described in JP2012-021068 1 , L 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , X 1 , Y 1 , Q 1 , Q 2 are described as D 1 , D 2 , G 1 , G 2 , L 1 , L 2 , respectively. R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , Q 1 , Y 1 , Z 1 , and Z 2 can be referred to, and the compound represented by the general formula (I) described in JP-A-2008-107767 can be referred to. a 1, a 2, and a 1 a description of X respectively, a 2, and can refer to the X, Ax of the compound represented by the general formula described in WO 2013/018526 (I), Ay, The description regarding Q 1 can be referred to for Ax, Ay, and Q 2, respectively. For Z 3 can refer to the description for Q 1 relates to compounds (A) described in JP-A-2012-21068.
 特に、L及びLで示される有機基としては、それぞれ、-D-G-Sp-Pで表される基であることが好ましい。
 Dは、Dと同義である。
 Gは、単結合、炭素数6~12の2価の芳香環基若しくは複素環基、又は炭素数5~8の2価の脂環式炭化水素基を表し、上記脂環式炭化水素基に含まれるメチレン基は、-O-、-S-又は-NR-で置換されていてもよく、ここでRは水素原子又は炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表す。
 Spは、単結合、-(CH-、-(CH-O-、-(CH-O-)-、-(CHCH-O-)、-O-(CH-、-O-(CH-O-、-O-(CH-O-)-、-O-(CHCH-O-)、-C(=O)-O-(CH-、-C(=O)-O-(CH-O-、-C(=O)-O-(CH-O-)-、-C(=O)-O-(CHCH-O-)、-C(=O)-N(R)-(CH-、-C(=O)-N(R)-(CH-O-、-C(=O)-N(R)-(CH-O-)-、-C(=O)-N(R)-(CHCH-O-)、又は-(CH-O-(C=O)-(CH-C(=O)-O-(CH-で表されるスペーサー基を表す。ここで、nは2~12の整数を表し、mは2~6の整数を表し、Rは水素原子又は炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表す。また、上記各基における-CH-の水素原子は、メチル基で置換されていてもよい。
 Pは重合性基を示す。
In particular, the organic group represented by L 1 and L 2 is preferably a group represented by -D 3- G 3- Sp-P 3, respectively.
D 3 is synonymous with D 1.
G 3 represents a single bond, a divalent aromatic ring group or heterocyclic group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, or a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and the above alicyclic hydrocarbon group. The methylene group contained in may be substituted with —O—, —S— or −NR 7 −, where R 7 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
Sp is a single bond,-(CH 2 ) n -,-(CH 2 ) n- O-,-(CH 2- O-) n -,-(CH 2 CH 2- O-) m , -O- (CH 2 ) n- , -O- (CH 2 ) n- O-, -O- (CH 2- O-) n- , -O- (CH 2 CH 2- O-) m , -C (= O) -O- (CH 2 ) n- , -C (= O) -O- (CH 2 ) n- O-, -C (= O) -O- (CH 2- O-) n -,- C (= O) -O- (CH 2 CH 2 -O-) m, -C (= O) -N (R 8) - (CH 2) n -, - C (= O) -N (R 8 )-(CH 2 ) n -O-, -C (= O) -N (R 8 )-(CH 2- O-) n- , -C (= O) -N (R 8 )-(CH 2) Spacer group represented by CH 2- O-) m or-(CH 2 ) n- O- (C = O)-(CH 2 ) n- C (= O) -O- (CH 2 ) n- Represents. Here, n represents an integer of 2 to 12, m represents an integer of 2 to 6, and R 8 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Further, -CH 2 in the above group - hydrogen atoms may be substituted with a methyl group.
P 3 represents a polymerizable group.
 重合性基は特に制限されないが、ラジカル重合又はカチオン重合可能な重合性基が好ましい。
 ラジカル重合性基としては、公知のラジカル重合性基が挙げられ、アクリロイル基又はメタクリロイル基が好ましい。重合速度はアクリロイル基が一般的に速いことが知られており、生産性向上の点からアクリロイル基が好ましいが、メタクリロイル基も高複屈折性液晶の重合性基として同様に使用できる。
 カチオン重合性基としては、公知のカチオン重合性基が挙げられ、脂環式エーテル基、環状アセタール基、環状ラクトン基、環状チオエーテル基、スピロオルソエステル基、及び、ビニルオキシ基が挙げられる。中でも、脂環式エーテル基、又は、ビニルオキシ基が好ましく、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、又は、ビニルオキシ基がより好ましい。
 特に好ましい重合性基の例としては下記が挙げられる。
The polymerizable group is not particularly limited, but a polymerizable group capable of radical polymerization or cationic polymerization is preferable.
Examples of the radically polymerizable group include known radically polymerizable groups, and an acryloyl group or a methacryloyl group is preferable. It is known that the acryloyl group is generally faster in terms of polymerization rate, and the acryloyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of improving productivity, but the methacryloyl group can also be used as the polymerizable group of the highly birefringent liquid crystal.
Examples of the cationically polymerizable group include known cationically polymerizable groups, and examples thereof include an alicyclic ether group, a cyclic acetal group, a cyclic lactone group, a cyclic thioether group, a spiroorthoester group, and a vinyloxy group. Of these, an alicyclic ether group or a vinyloxy group is preferable, and an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group or a vinyloxy group is more preferable.
Examples of particularly preferable polymerizable groups include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 なお、本明細書において、「アルキル基」は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状及び環状のいずれでもよく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、1,1-ジメチルプロピル基、n-ヘキシル基、イソヘキシル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、及び、シクロヘキシル基が挙げられる。 In the present specification, the "alkyl group" may be linear, branched or cyclic, and may be, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group or an isobutyl group. , Se-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, 1,1-dimethylpropyl group, n-hexyl group, isohexyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, cyclopentyl group, and Cyclohexyl group can be mentioned.
 上記式(II)で表される重合性液晶化合物の好ましい例を以下に示すが、これらの液晶化合物に限定されるものではない。 Preferred examples of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound represented by the above formula (II) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these liquid crystal compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 なお、上記式中、「*」は結合位置を表す。 In the above formula, "*" represents the connection position.
 II-2-8
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
II-2-8
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 II-2-9
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
II-2-9
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 なお、上記式II-2-8およびII-2-9中のアクリロイルオキシ基に隣接する基は、プロピレン基(メチル基がエチレン基に置換した基)を表し、メチル基の位置が異なる位置異性体の混合物を表す。 The group adjacent to the acryloyloxy group in the above formulas II-2-8 and II-2-9 represents a propylene group (a group in which a methyl group is replaced with an ethylene group), and the positions of the methyl groups are different. Represents a mixture of bodies.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 上記の好ましい例に加えて、他に好ましい側鎖構造の例を以下に示す。 In addition to the above preferred examples, other preferred side chain structure examples are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000026
 また、特定液晶化合物の他の好ましい態様として、下記式(V)で表される化合物も挙げられる。
 L-[D-G-E-A-E-[G-D-L   ・・・(V)
 上記式(V)において、
 Aは、炭素数5~8の非芳香族の炭素環式基もしくはヘテロ環式基、または、炭素数6~20の芳香族基もしくはヘテロ芳香族基であり;
 E、E、DおよびDは、それぞれ独立に、単結合または2価の連結基であり;
 LおよびLは、それぞれ独立に、-H、-F、-Cl、-Br、-I、-CN、-NC、-NCO、-OCN、-SCN、-C(=O)NR、-C(=O)R、-O-C(=O)R、-NH、-SH、-SR、-SOH、-SO、-OH、-NO、-CF、-SF、置換もしくは非置換のシリル、置換もしくは非置換の炭素数1~40のカルビル基もしくはヒドロカルビル基、または、-Sp-Pであって、LおよびLのうちの少なくとも1つは、-Sp-Pであり、Pは、重合性基であり、Spは、スペーサー基または単結合であり、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立に、-Hまたは炭素数1~12のアルキルであり;
 mおよびnは、それぞれ独立に、1~5の整数であって;mまたはnが2以上であれば、2以上繰り返される-(D-G)-または-(G-D)-の各繰り返し単位は、互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく;
 GおよびGは、それぞれ独立に、炭素数5~8の非芳香族の炭素環式基もしくはヘテロ環式基、または、炭素数6~20の芳香族基もしくはヘテロ芳香族基であって、GおよびGのうちの少なくとも1つは、上記炭素環式基もしくはヘテロ環式基であり、上記炭素環式もしくはヘテロ環式基に含まれているいずれか1つの水素原子は、下記式(VI)で表される基で置換されている:
*-[Q-B   ・・・(VI)
 上記式(VI)において、
 pは、1~10の整数であって、pが2以上であれば、2以上繰り返される-(Q)-の各繰り返し単位は、互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
 Qは、それぞれ独立に、-C≡C-、-CY=CY-、および、炭素数6~20の置換もしくは非置換の芳香族基またはヘテロ芳香族基からなる群より選択された2価基であって、YおよびYは、それぞれ独立に、-H、-F、-Cl、-CN、または-Rであり、
 Bは、-H、-F、-Cl、-Br、-I、-CN、-NC、-NCO、-OCN、-SCN、-C(=O)NR、-C(=O)R、-NH、-SH、-SR、-SOH、-SO、-OH、-NO、-CF、-SF、重合性基、炭素数2~6のアルケニル基、炭素数2~6のアルキニル基、炭素数2~4のアシル基、末端に炭素数2~4のアシル基が結合した炭素数2~6のアルキニレン基、炭素数1~5のアルコール基、または、炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基であり、
 RおよびRは、それぞれ独立に、-Hまたは炭素数1~12のアルキルである。
Further, as another preferable embodiment of the specific liquid crystal compound, a compound represented by the following formula (V) can also be mentioned.
L 1- [D 1- G 1 ] m- E 1- A-E 2- [G 2- D 2 ] n- L 2 ... (V)
In the above formula (V)
A is a non-aromatic carbocyclic or heterocyclic group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms;
E 1 , E 2 , D 1 and D 2 are independently single-bonded or divalent linking groups;
L 1 and L 2 are independently of -H, -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -CN, -NC, -NCO, -OCN, -SCN, -C (= O) NR 1 R. 2 , -C (= O) R 1 , -OC (= O) R 1 , -NH 2 , -SH, -SR 1 , -SO 3 H, -SO 2 R 1 , -OH, -NO 2 , -CF 3 , -SF 3 , substituted or unsubstituted silyl, substituted or unsubstituted carbil group or hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, or -Sp-P, which is of L 1 and L 2 . At least one of is -Sp-P, P is a polymerizable group, Sp is a spacer group or a single bond, and R 1 and R 2 are independently -H or 1 carbon atoms, respectively. ~ 12 alkyls;
m and n are independently integers from 1 to 5; if m or n is 2 or more, they are repeated 2 or more-(D 1- G 1 )-or-(G 2- D 2 ). -Each repeating unit may be the same or different from each other;
G 1 and G 2 are independently non-aromatic carbocyclic groups or heterocyclic groups having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or aromatic groups or heteroaromatic groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. , G 1 and G 2 are at least one carbocyclic group or heterocyclic group, and any one hydrogen atom contained in the carbocyclic group or heterocyclic group is described below. Substituted with a group represented by the formula (VI):
*-[Q 1 ] p- B 1 ... (VI)
In the above formula (VI)
p is an integer of 1 to 10, and if p is 2 or more, each repeating unit of − (Q 1 ) − repeated 2 or more may be the same as or different from each other.
Q 1 was independently selected from the group consisting of -C≡C-, -CY 1 = CY 2- , and a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic group or heteroaromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. The divalent groups, Y 1 and Y 2 , are independently -H, -F, -Cl, -CN, or -R 1 , respectively.
B 1 is -H, -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -CN, -NC, -NCO, -OCN, -SCN, -C (= O) NR 1 R 2 , -C (= O). ) R 1 , -NH 2 , -SH, -SR 1 , -SO 3 H, -SO 2 R 1 , -OH, -NO 2 , -CF 3 , -SF 3 , polymerizable group, 2 to 6 carbon atoms Alkoxy group, alkynyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, alkynylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms with an acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms bonded to the end, and alkynylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. It is an alcohol group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
R 1 and R 2 are independently alkyls having −H or 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
 上記式(V)の好ましい具体例を下記に示す。 A preferable specific example of the above formula (V) is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 重合性液晶組成物中における特定液晶化合物の含有量は特に制限されないが、重合性液晶組成物中の全固形分に対して、50~100質量%が好ましく、70~99質量%がより好ましい。
 特定液晶化合物は、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上併用してもよい。
 固形分とは、重合性液晶組成物中の溶媒を除いた他の成分を意味し、その性状が液状であっても固形分として計算する。
The content of the specific liquid crystal compound in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is not particularly limited, but is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, more preferably 70 to 99% by mass, based on the total solid content in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.
The specific liquid crystal compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The solid content means other components in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition excluding the solvent, and is calculated as a solid content even if the property is liquid.
 重合性液晶組成物は、液晶配向性を制御する点から、上述した特定液晶化合物以外に、重合性棒状化合物を含んでいてもよい。
 なお、上記重合性棒状化合物は、液晶性の有無を問わない。
The polymerizable liquid crystal composition may contain a polymerizable rod-like compound in addition to the above-mentioned specific liquid crystal compound from the viewpoint of controlling the liquid crystal orientation.
The polymerizable rod-like compound may or may not be liquid crystal.
 上記重合性棒状化合物は、上述した特定液晶化合物との相溶性の点から、直鎖状のアルキル基で水素原子が1個置換されたシクロヘキサン環を一部に有する化合物(以下、「アルキルシクロヘキサン環含有化合物」とも略す。)であることが好ましい。
 ここで、「直鎖状のアルキル基で水素原子が1個置換されたシクロヘキサン環」とは、例えば、下記式(2)に示すように、シクロヘキサン環を2つ有する場合には、分子末端側に存在するシクロヘキサン環の水素原子が直鎖状のアルキル基で1個置換されたシクロヘキサン環をいう。
The above-mentioned polymerizable rod-shaped compound is a compound having a cyclohexane ring in which one hydrogen atom is substituted with a linear alkyl group (hereinafter, "alkylcyclohexane ring") from the viewpoint of compatibility with the above-mentioned specific liquid crystal compound. It is also abbreviated as "containing compound").
Here, the "cyclohexane ring in which one hydrogen atom is substituted with a linear alkyl group" is, for example, as shown in the following formula (2), when it has two cyclohexane rings, it is on the molecular terminal side. A cyclohexane ring in which one hydrogen atom of the cyclohexane ring present in is substituted with a linear alkyl group.
 アルキルシクロヘキサン環含有化合物としては、例えば、下記式(2)で表される基を有する化合物が挙げられ、なかでも、光学異方性層の湿熱耐久性付与の点から、(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する下記式(3)で表される化合物であるのが好ましい。 Examples of the alkylcyclohexane ring-containing compound include compounds having a group represented by the following formula (2). Among them, a (meth) acryloyl group is used from the viewpoint of imparting moist heat durability to the optically anisotropic layer. It is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 ここで、上記式(2)中、*は結合位置を表す。
 また、上記式(2)および(3)中、Rは炭素数1~10のアルキル基を表し、nは1または2を表し、WおよびWは、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基、アルコキシ基またはハロゲン原子を表し、また、WおよびWはこれらが互いに結合し、置換基を有していてもよい環構造を形成していてもよい。
 また、上記式(3)中、Zは-COO-を表し、Lは炭素数1~6のアルキレン基を表し、Rは水素原子またはメチル基を表す。
Here, in the above equation (2), * represents a coupling position.
Further, in the above formulas (2) and (3), R 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, n represents 1 or 2, and W 1 and W 2 independently represent an alkyl group and an alkoxy. It represents a group or halogen atom, and W 1 and W 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure which may have a substituent.
Further, in the above formula (3), Z represents -COO-, L represents an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 このようなアルキルシクロヘキサン環含有化合物としては、具体的には、例えば、下記式A-1~A-5で表される化合物が挙げられる。なお、下記式A-3中、Rは、エチル基またはブチル基を表す。 Specific examples of such an alkylcyclohexane ring-containing compound include compounds represented by the following formulas A-1 to A-5. Incidentally, in the following formula A-3, R 4 represents an ethyl group or a butyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 重合性液晶組成物が上記重合性棒状化合物を含む場合、上記重合性棒状化合物の含有量は、上述した特定液晶化合物および上記重合性棒状化合物の合計質量に対して、1~30質量%が好ましく、1~20質量%がより好ましい。 When the polymerizable liquid crystal composition contains the above-mentioned polymerizable rod-like compound, the content of the above-mentioned polymerizable rod-like compound is preferably 1 to 30% by mass with respect to the total mass of the above-mentioned specific liquid crystal compound and the above-mentioned polymerizable rod-like compound. More preferably, 1 to 20% by mass.
 重合性液晶組成物は、上述した特定液晶化合物および重合性棒状化合物以外の重合性液晶化合物(以下、「他の重合性液晶化合物」とも略す。)を含んでいてもよい。
 ここで、他の重合性液晶化合物が有する重合性基は特に限定されず、例えば、(メタ)アクリロイル基、ビニル基、スチリル基、および、アリル基が挙げられる。なかでも、(メタ)アクリロイル基が好ましい。
The polymerizable liquid crystal composition may contain a polymerizable liquid crystal compound (hereinafter, also abbreviated as “another polymerizable liquid crystal compound”) other than the above-mentioned specific liquid crystal compound and the polymerizable rod-shaped compound.
Here, the polymerizable group contained in the other polymerizable liquid crystal compound is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a (meth) acryloyl group, a vinyl group, a styryl group, and an allyl group. Of these, the (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
 光学異方性層の耐久性が向上する点から、他の重合性液晶化合物としては、重合性基を2~4個有する重合性化合物が好ましく、重合性基を2個有する重合性化合物がより好ましい。 From the viewpoint of improving the durability of the optically anisotropic layer, the other polymerizable liquid crystal compound is preferably a polymerizable compound having 2 to 4 polymerizable groups, and more preferably a polymerizable compound having 2 polymerizable groups. preferable.
 このような他の重合性液晶化合物としては、例えば、特開2014-077068号公報の段落0030~0033に記載された式(M1)、(M2)、(M3)で表される化合物が挙げられ、より具体的には、同公報の段落0046~0055に記載された具体例が挙げられる。
 他の重合性液晶化合物は、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上併用してもよい。
Examples of such other polymerizable liquid crystal compounds include compounds represented by the formulas (M1), (M2), and (M3) described in paragraphs 0030 to 0033 of JP-A-2014-0770668. More specifically, specific examples described in paragraphs 0046 to 0055 of the same publication can be mentioned.
Other polymerizable liquid crystal compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 重合性液晶組成物が他の重合性液晶化合物を含む場合、他の重合性液晶化合物の含有量は、上述した特定液晶化合物、重合性棒状化合物および他の重合性液晶化合物の合計質量に対して、1~40質量%が好ましく、1~10質量%がより好ましい。 When the polymerizable liquid crystal composition contains another polymerizable liquid crystal compound, the content of the other polymerizable liquid crystal compound is based on the total mass of the specific liquid crystal compound, the polymerizable rod-shaped compound and the other polymerizable liquid crystal compound described above. 1 to 40% by mass is preferable, and 1 to 10% by mass is more preferable.
 重合性液晶組成物は、形成される光学異方性層を有する偏光板の耐久性がさらに向上する点から、非液晶性の多官能重合性化合物を含むことが好ましい。
 これは、架橋点密度が増えることにより、加水分解反応の触媒となる化合物(液晶分解物と推定)の動きが抑制された結果、加水分解反応の速度が遅くなり、その間に水分の端部への拡散が進行するためと推定している。
The polymerizable liquid crystal composition preferably contains a non-liquid crystal polyfunctional polymerizable compound from the viewpoint of further improving the durability of the polarizing plate having the optically anisotropic layer to be formed.
This is because the increase in the cross-linking point density suppresses the movement of the compound that catalyzes the hydrolysis reaction (presumed to be a liquid crystal decomposition product), and as a result, the rate of the hydrolysis reaction slows down, and in the meantime, to the edge of water It is presumed that this is due to the progress of diffusion.
 非液晶性の多官能重合性化合物は、上述した特定液晶化合物の配向性の点から、アクリル当量が低い化合物が好ましい。
 具体的には、(メタ)アクリル当量が120g/eq.以下である化合物が好ましく、(メタ)アクリル当量が100g/eq.以下である化合物がより好ましく、(メタ)アクリル当量が90g/eq.以下である化合物がさらに好ましい。
The non-liquid crystal polyfunctional polymerizable compound is preferably a compound having a low acrylic equivalent from the viewpoint of the orientation of the specific liquid crystal compound described above.
Specifically, the (meth) acrylic equivalent is 120 g / eq. The following compounds are preferred, with a (meth) acrylic equivalent of 100 g / eq. The following compounds are more preferred, with a (meth) acrylic equivalent of 90 g / eq. The following compounds are more preferred.
 非液晶性の多官能重合性化合物としては、多価アルコールと(メタ)アクリル酸とのエステル(例:エチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,4-シクロヘキサンジアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールエタントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、1,2,3-シクロヘキサンテトラメタクリレート、ポリウレタンポリアクリレート、および、ポリエステルポリアクリレート)、ビニルベンゼンおよびその誘導体(例:1,4-ジビニルベンゼン、4-ビニル安息香酸-2-アクリロイルエチルエステル、および、1,4-ジビニルシクロヘキサノン)、ビニルスルホン(例:ジビニルスルホン)、アクリルアミド(例:メチレンビスアクリルアミド)、および、メタクリルアミドが挙げられる。 Non-liquid polyfunctional polymerizable compounds include esters of polyhydric alcohols and (meth) acrylic acid (eg, ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, 1,4-cyclohexanediacrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate. , Pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropantri (meth) acrylate, trimethylol ethanetri (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa ( Meta) acrylate, 1,2,3-cyclohexanetetramethacrylate, polyurethane polyacrylate, and polyester polyacrylate), vinylbenzene and derivatives thereof (eg, 1,4-divinylbenzene, 4-vinylbenzoic acid-2-acryloylethyl). Examples include esters and 1,4-divinylcyclohexanone), vinylsulfone (eg, divinylsulfone), acrylamide (eg, methylenebisacrylamide), and methacrylicamide.
 重合性液晶組成物が非液晶性の多官能重合性化合物を含む場合、形成される光学異方性層の位相差の発現の点から、非液晶性の多官能重合性化合物の含有量は、重合性液晶組成物中の全固形分に対して、0.1~20質量%が好ましく、0.1~10質量%がより好ましく、1~6質量%がさらに好ましい。 When the polymerizable liquid crystal composition contains a non-liquid crystal polyfunctional polymerizable compound, the content of the non-liquid crystal polyfunctional polymerizable compound is determined from the viewpoint of expressing the phase difference of the formed optically anisotropic layer. It is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, still more preferably 1 to 6% by mass, based on the total solid content in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.
 重合性液晶組成物は、重合開始剤を含むことが好ましい。
 重合開始剤としては、紫外線照射によって重合反応を開始可能な光重合開始剤が好ましい。
 光重合開始剤としては、例えば、α-カルボニル化合物(米国特許第2367661号、同2367670号の各明細書記載)、アシロインエーテル(米国特許第2448828号明細書記載)、α-炭化水素置換芳香族アシロイン化合物(米国特許第2722512号明細書記載)、多核キノン化合物(米国特許第3046127号、同2951758号の各明細書記載)、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマーとp-アミノフェニルケトンとの組み合わせ(米国特許第3549367号明細書記載)、アクリジンおよびフェナジン化合物(特開昭60-105667号公報、米国特許第4239850号明細書記載)およびオキサジアゾール化合物(米国特許第4212970号明細書記載)、アシルフォスフィンオキシド化合物(特公昭63-40799号公報、特公平5-29234号公報、特開平10-95788号公報、および、特開平10-29997号公報記載)が挙げられる。
The polymerizable liquid crystal composition preferably contains a polymerization initiator.
As the polymerization initiator, a photopolymerization initiator capable of initiating a polymerization reaction by irradiation with ultraviolet rays is preferable.
Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include α-carbonyl compounds (described in the US Pat. Group acidoine compounds (described in US Pat. No. 2722512), polynuclear quinone compounds (described in US Pat. Nos. 3,043127 and 2951758), combinations of triarylimidazole dimers and p-aminophenyl ketone (US patents). 3549367 (described in US Pat. No. 3,549,67), aclysine and phenazine compounds (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 60-105667, US Pat. No. 4,239,850), oxadiazole compounds (described in US Pat. No. 4,212,970), acylphosphine. Examples thereof include oxide compounds (described in JP-A-63-40799, JP-A-5-29234, JP-A-10-95788, and JP-A-10-29997).
 光学異方性層の耐久性がより良好となる点から、重合開始剤としてはオキシム型の重合開始剤が好ましく、下記式(III)で表される重合開始剤がより好ましい。 From the viewpoint of improving the durability of the optically anisotropic layer, an oxime-type polymerization initiator is preferable as the polymerization initiator, and a polymerization initiator represented by the following formula (III) is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 上記式(III)中、Xは、水素原子またはハロゲン原子を表し、Yは、1価の有機基を表す。
 また、Arは、2価の芳香族基を表し、Lは、炭素数1~12の2価の有機基を表し、R10は、炭素数1~12のアルキル基を表す。
In the above formula (III), X represents a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, and Y represents a monovalent organic group.
Further, Ar 3 represents a divalent aromatic group, L 6 represents a divalent organic group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and R 10 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
 上記式(III)中、Xが示すハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、および、ヨウ素原子が挙げられ、塩素原子が好ましい。
 また、上記式(III)中、Arが示す2価の芳香族基としては、例えば、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、および、フェナンスロリン環などの芳香族炭化水素環;フラン環、ピロール環、チオフェン環、ピリジン環、チアゾール環、および、ベンゾチアゾール環などの芳香族複素環;を有する2価の基が挙げられる。
 また、上記式(III)中、Lが示す炭素数1~12の2価の有機基としては、例えば、炭素数1~12の直鎖状または分岐状のアルキレン基が挙げられ、具体的には、メチレン基、エチレン基、および、プロピレン基が挙げられる。
 また、上記式(III)中、R10が示す炭素数1~12のアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、および、プロピル基が挙げられる。
 また、上記式(III)中、Yが示す1価の有機基としては、例えば、ベンゾフェノン骨格((CCO)を含む官能基が挙げられる。具体的には、下記式(3a)および下記式(3b)で表される基のように、末端のベンゼン環が無置換または1置換であるベンゾフェノン骨格を含む官能基が好ましい。
In the above formula (III), examples of the halogen atom represented by X include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and a chlorine atom is preferable.
Further, in the above formula (III) , examples of the divalent aromatic group represented by Ar 3 include aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, and a phenanthroline ring; a furan ring. Examples thereof include a divalent group having an aromatic heterocycle such as a pyrrole ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring, a thiazole ring, and a benzothiazole ring.
Further, in the above formula (III) , examples of the divalent organic group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms represented by L 6 include a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof. Examples include a methylene group, an ethylene group, and a propylene group.
Further, in the above formula (III) , examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms represented by R 10 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a propyl group.
Further, in the above formula (III), examples of the monovalent organic group represented by Y include a functional group containing a benzophenone skeleton ((C 6 H 5 ) 2 CO). Specifically, a functional group containing a benzophenone skeleton in which the terminal benzene ring is unsubstituted or monosubstituted, such as the groups represented by the following formulas (3a) and (3b), is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 ここで、上記式(3a)および上記式(3b)中、*は結合位置、すなわち、上記式(III)におけるカルボニル基の炭素原子との結合位置を表す。 Here, in the above formula (3a) and the above formula (3b), * represents the bond position, that is, the bond position of the carbonyl group in the above formula (III) with the carbon atom.
 上記式(III)で表されるオキシム型の重合開始剤としては、例えば、下記式S-1で表される化合物、および、下記式S-2で表される化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the oxime-type polymerization initiator represented by the above formula (III) include a compound represented by the following formula S-1 and a compound represented by the following formula S-2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 上記重合開始剤の含有量は特に限定されないが、重合開始剤の含有量は、重合性液晶組成物に含まれる特定液晶化合物100質量部に対して、0.5~10質量部が好ましく、1~5質量部がより好ましい。 The content of the polymerization initiator is not particularly limited, but the content of the polymerization initiator is preferably 0.5 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the specific liquid crystal compound contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. Up to 5 parts by mass is more preferable.
 重合性液晶組成物は、必要に応じて、配向制御剤を含んでいてもよい。
 配向制御剤としては、例えば、低分子の配向制御剤、および、高分子の配向制御剤が挙げられる。低分子の配向制御剤としては、例えば、特開2002-020363号公報の段落0009~0083、特開2006-106662号公報の段落0111~0120、および、特開2012-211306号公報の段落0021-0029の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、高分子の配向制御剤としては、例えば、特開2004-198511号公報の段落0021~0057の記載、および、特開2006-106662号公報の段落0121~0167を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
 配向制御剤の使用量は、重合性液晶組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01~10質量%が好ましく、0.05~5質量%がより好ましい。配向制御剤を用いることにより、例えば、光学異方性層の表面と平行に配向したホモジニアス配向状態を形成できる。
The polymerizable liquid crystal composition may contain an orientation control agent, if necessary.
Examples of the orientation control agent include a low molecular weight orientation control agent and a polymer orientation control agent. Examples of the low-molecular-weight orientation control agent include paragraphs 0009 to 0083 of JP-A-2002-020363, paragraphs 0111 to 0120 of JP-A-2006-106662, and paragraphs 0021- of JP-2012-2011306A. The description of 0029 can be taken into consideration and this content is incorporated herein by reference. Further, as the polymer orientation control agent, for example, paragraphs 0021 to 0057 of JP-A-2004-198511 and paragraphs 0121 to 0167 of JP-A-2006-106662 can be referred to. Incorporated into the specification.
The amount of the orientation control agent used is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 5% by mass, based on the total solid content of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. By using the orientation control agent, for example, a homogeneous orientation state oriented parallel to the surface of the optically anisotropic layer can be formed.
 重合性液晶組成物は、光学異方性層を形成する作業性の点から、有機溶媒を含むことが好ましい。
 有機溶媒としては、例えば、ケトン類(例えば、アセトン、2-ブタノン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、および、シクロペンタノン)、エーテル類(例えば、ジオキサン、および、テトラヒドロフラン)、脂肪族炭化水素類(例えば、ヘキサン)、脂環式炭化水素類(例えば、シクロヘキサン)、芳香族炭化水素類(例えば、トルエン、キシレン、および、トリメチルベンゼン)、ハロゲン化炭素類(例えば、ジクロロメタン、ジクロロエタン、ジクロロベンゼン、および、クロロトルエン)、エステル類(例えば、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、および、酢酸ブチル)、水、アルコール類(例えば、エタノール、イソプロパノール、ブタノール、および、シクロヘキサノール)、セロソルブ類(例えば、メチルセロソルブ、および、エチルセロソルブ)、セロソルブアセテート類、スルホキシド類(例えば、ジメチルスルホキシド)、アミド類(例えば、ジメチルホルムアミド、および、ジメチルアセトアミド)が挙げられ、これらを1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
The polymerizable liquid crystal composition preferably contains an organic solvent from the viewpoint of workability for forming an optically anisotropic layer.
Examples of the organic solvent include ketones (for example, acetone, 2-butanone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, and cyclopentanone), ethers (for example, dioxane and tetrahydrofuran), and aliphatic hydrocarbons. (Eg, hexane), alicyclic hydrocarbons (eg, cyclohexane), aromatic hydrocarbons (eg, toluene, xylene, and trimethylbenzene), carbon halides (eg, dichloromethane, dichloroethane, dichlorobenzene, etc.) And chlorotoluene), esters (eg, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, and butyl acetate), water, alcohols (eg, ethanol, isopropanol, butanol, and cyclohexanol), cellosolves (eg, methyl cellosolves, etc.) And ethyl cellosolve), cellosolve acetates, sulfoxides (eg, dimethylsulfoxide), amides (eg, dimethylformamide, and dimethylacetamide), and these may be used alone or in combination of two or more. May be used together.
 重合性液晶組成物は、上述した成分以外の成分を含んでいてもよく、例えば、上述した特定液晶化合物以外の液晶化合物、界面活性剤、チルト角制御剤、配向助剤、可塑剤、および、架橋剤が挙げられる。 The polymerizable liquid crystal composition may contain components other than the above-mentioned components, for example, liquid crystal compounds other than the above-mentioned specific liquid crystal compounds, surfactants, tilt angle control agents, orientation aids, plasticizers, and Examples include cross-linking agents.
 光学異方性層は、上述した重合性液晶組成物を用いて形成される。
 光学異方性層の製造方法は特に制限されないが、例えば、所定の基板(例えば、後述する偏光子、後述する支持体、または、配向層を有する支持体)に、重合性液晶組成物を塗布して塗膜を形成し、塗膜に対して配向処理を施して特定液晶化合物を所定の配向状態とした後、塗膜に対して硬化処理を施す方法が挙げられる。
The optically anisotropic layer is formed by using the above-mentioned polymerizable liquid crystal composition.
The method for producing the optically anisotropic layer is not particularly limited, but for example, the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is applied to a predetermined substrate (for example, a polarizer described later, a support described later, or a support having an orientation layer). Then, a coating film is formed, the coating film is subjected to an orientation treatment to bring the specific liquid crystal compound into a predetermined orientation state, and then the coating film is subjected to a curing treatment.
 上記塗布は、公知の方法(例えば、ワイヤーバーコーティング法、押し出しコーティング法、ダイレクトグラビアコーティング法、リバースグラビアコーティング法、および、ダイコーティング法)により実施できる。 The above coating can be carried out by known methods (for example, wire bar coating method, extrusion coating method, direct gravure coating method, reverse gravure coating method, and die coating method).
 配向処理は、室温(例えば、20~25℃)で乾燥させる、または、加熱することにより行うことができる。配向処理で形成される液晶相は、サーモトロピック性液晶化合物の場合、一般に温度または圧力の変化により転移させることができる。リオトロピック性をもつ液晶化合物の場合には、溶媒量の組成比によっても転移させることができる。
 配向処理が加熱温度である場合、加熱時間(加熱熟成時間)は、10秒間~5分間が好ましく、10秒間~3分間がより好ましく、10秒間~2分間がさらに好ましい。
The orientation treatment can be carried out by drying or heating at room temperature (for example, 20 to 25 ° C.). In the case of a thermotropic liquid crystal compound, the liquid crystal phase formed by the orientation treatment can generally be transferred by a change in temperature or pressure. In the case of a liquid crystal compound having a lyotropic property, the transfer can also be carried out by the composition ratio of the amount of the solvent.
When the orientation treatment is a heating temperature, the heating time (heat aging time) is preferably 10 seconds to 5 minutes, more preferably 10 seconds to 3 minutes, still more preferably 10 seconds to 2 minutes.
 塗膜に対する硬化処理(活性エネルギー線の照射(光照射処理)および/または加熱処理)は、特定液晶化合物の配向を固定するための固定化処理ということもできる。
 なかでも、光照射処理を実施することが好ましい。光照射による重合においては、紫外線を用いることが好ましい。
 照射量は、10mJ/cm~50J/cmが好ましく、20mJ/cm~5J/cmがより好ましく、30mJ/cm~3J/cmがさらに好ましく、50~1000mJ/cmが特に好ましい。
 また、重合反応を促進するため、加熱条件下で光照射処理を実施してもよい。
 なお、上述したように、光学異方性層は、後述する支持体上、および、後述する偏光子上に形成できる。
The curing treatment (irradiation of active energy rays (light irradiation treatment) and / or heat treatment) on the coating film can also be said to be an immobilization treatment for fixing the orientation of the specific liquid crystal compound.
Above all, it is preferable to carry out the light irradiation treatment. In the polymerization by light irradiation, it is preferable to use ultraviolet rays.
Irradiation dose is preferably 10mJ / cm 2 ~ 50J / cm 2, more preferably 20mJ / cm 2 ~ 5J / cm 2, more preferably 30mJ / cm 2 ~ 3J / cm 2, particularly 50 ~ 1000mJ / cm 2 preferable.
Further, in order to promote the polymerization reaction, the light irradiation treatment may be carried out under heating conditions.
As described above, the optically anisotropic layer can be formed on the support described later and on the polarizer described later.
 光学異方性層の厚みは特に制限されず、1~5μmが好ましく、1~4μmがより好ましく、1~3μmがさらに好ましい。 The thickness of the optically anisotropic layer is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 to 5 μm, more preferably 1 to 4 μm, and even more preferably 1 to 3 μm.
 光学異方性層は、下記式(IV)を満たしていることが好ましい。
 Re(450)≦Re(550)≦Re(650) ・・・(IV)
 ここで、上記式(IV)中、Re(450)は、光学異方性膜の波長450nmにおける面内レターデーションを表し、Re(550)は、光学異方性膜の波長550nmにおける面内レターデーションを表し、Re(650)は、光学異方性膜の波長650nmにおける面内レターデーションを表す。
The optically anisotropic layer preferably satisfies the following formula (IV).
Re (450) ≤ Re (550) ≤ Re (650) ... (IV)
Here, in the above formula (IV), Re (450) represents the in-plane lettering of the optically anisotropic film at a wavelength of 450 nm, and Re (550) represents the in-plane letter of the optically anisotropic film at a wavelength of 550 nm. Re (650) represents the in-plane retardation of the optically anisotropic film at a wavelength of 650 nm.
 光学異方性層は、ポジティブAプレートであることが好ましい。
 なお、本明細書において、ポジティブAプレートは以下のように定義する。ポジティブAプレート(正のAプレート)は、フィルム面内の遅相軸方向(面内での屈折率が最大となる方向)の屈折率をnx、面内の遅相軸と面内で直交する方向の屈折率をny、厚さ方向の屈折率をnzとしたとき、式(A1)の関係を満たすものである。なお、ポジティブAプレートはRthが正の値を示す。
 式(A1)  nx>ny≒nz
 なお、上記「≒」とは、両者が完全に同一である場合だけでなく、両者が実質的に同一である場合も包含する。「実質的に同一」とは、例えば、(ny-nz)×d(ただし、dはフィルムの厚みである)が、-10~10nm、好ましくは-5~5nmの場合も「ny≒nz」に含まれる。
The optically anisotropic layer is preferably a positive A plate.
In this specification, the positive A plate is defined as follows. The positive A plate (positive A plate) has a refractive index of nx in the slow axis direction in the film plane (the direction in which the refractive index in the plane is maximized), and is orthogonal to the slow axis in the plane in the plane. When the refractive index in the direction is ny and the refractive index in the thickness direction is nz, the relationship of the formula (A1) is satisfied. The positive A plate shows a positive value for Rth.
Equation (A1) nx> ny≈nz
The above "≈" includes not only the case where both are completely the same, but also the case where both are substantially the same. “Substantially the same” means, for example, “ny ≈ nz” when (ny-nz) × d (where d is the thickness of the film) is -10 to 10 nm, preferably -5 to 5 nm. include.
 ポジティブAプレートを得るには、棒状の重合性液晶化合物を水平配向させることにより得ることができる。ポジティブAプレートの製造方法の詳細は、例えば、特開2008-225281号公報、および、特開2008-026730号公報などの記載を参酌できる。 A positive A plate can be obtained by horizontally orienting a rod-shaped polymerizable liquid crystal compound. For details of the method for producing a positive A plate, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-225281 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-026730 can be referred to.
 上記光学異方性層(ポジティブAプレート)は、λ/4板として機能することが好ましい。
 λ/4板は、ある特定の波長の直線偏光を円偏光に(または、円偏光を直線偏光に)変換する機能を有する板であり、特定の波長λnmにおける面内レターデーションRe(λ)がRe(λ)=λ/4を満たす板のことをいう。
 この式は、可視光域のいずれかの波長(例えば、550nm)において達成されていればよいが、波長550nmにおける面内レターデーションRe(550)が、110nm≦Re(550)≦160nmの関係を満たすことが好ましく、110nm≦Re(550)≦150nmを満たすことがより好ましい。
The optically anisotropic layer (positive A plate) preferably functions as a λ / 4 plate.
The λ / 4 plate is a plate having a function of converting linearly polarized light having a specific wavelength into circularly polarized light (or converting circularly polarized light into linearly polarized light), and has an in-plane retardation Re (λ) at a specific wavelength of λnm. A plate that satisfies Re (λ) = λ / 4.
This equation may be achieved at any wavelength in the visible light region (for example, 550 nm), but the in-plane retardation Re (550) at a wavelength of 550 nm has a relationship of 110 nm ≤ Re (550) ≤ 160 nm. It is preferable to satisfy, and it is more preferable to satisfy 110 nm ≦ Re (550) ≦ 150 nm.
 また、光学異方性層は、ポジティブAプレートに加えて、ポジティブCプレートを有していてもよい。
 なお、本明細書において、ポジティブCプレートは以下のように定義する。ポジティブCプレート(正のCプレート)は、フィルム面内の遅相軸方向(面内での屈折率が最大となる方向)の屈折率をnx、面内の遅相軸と面内で直交する方向の屈折率をny、厚さ方向の屈折率をnzとしたとき、式(A2)の関係を満たすものである。なお、ポジティブCプレートはRthが負の値を示す。
 式(A2)  nx≒ny<nz
 なお、上記「≒」とは、両者が完全に同一である場合だけでなく、両者が実質的に同一である場合も包含する。「実質的に同一」とは、例えば、(nx-ny)×d(ただし、dはフィルムの厚みである)が、-10~10nm、好ましくは-5~5nmの場合も「nx≒ny」に含まれる。
 また、ポジティブCプレートでは、上記の定義より、Re≒0となる。
Further, the optically anisotropic layer may have a positive C plate in addition to the positive A plate.
In this specification, the positive C plate is defined as follows. The positive C plate (positive C plate) has a refractive index of nx in the slow axis direction in the film plane (the direction in which the refractive index in the plane is maximized), and is orthogonal to the slow axis in the plane in the plane. When the refractive index in the direction is ny and the refractive index in the thickness direction is nz, the relationship of the formula (A2) is satisfied. The positive C plate shows a negative value for Rth.
Equation (A2) nx≈ny <nz
The above "≈" includes not only the case where both are completely the same, but also the case where both are substantially the same. “Substantially the same” means, for example, “nx≈ny” when (nx−ny) × d (where d is the thickness of the film) is -10 to 10 nm, preferably -5 to 5 nm. include.
Further, in the positive C plate, Re ≈ 0 according to the above definition.
 ポジティブCプレートを得るには、棒状の重合性液晶化合物を垂直配向させることにより得ることができる。ポジティブCプレートの製造方法の詳細は、例えば、特開2017-187732号公報、特開2016-53709号公報、および、特開2015-200861号公報の記載を参酌できる。 A positive C plate can be obtained by vertically orienting a rod-shaped polymerizable liquid crystal compound. For details of the method for producing a positive C plate, for example, JP-A-2017-187732, JP-A-2016-53709, and JP-A-2015-200861 can be referred to.
 〔偏光子〕
 円偏光板が具備する偏光子は、二色性有機色素を有する吸収型偏光子(光吸収異方性層)であり、光を特定の直線偏光に変換する機能を有するいわゆる直線偏光子である。
 偏光子の種類は、二色性有機色素を有していれば特に制限されない。二色性有機色素を用いた偏光子はヨウ素と異なり、色味の調整が容易であり、発光素子の波長に合わせて最適な設計を行うことも可能である。
[Polarizer]
The polarizer provided by the circularly polarizing plate is an absorption-type polarizing element (light absorption anisotropic layer) having a dichroic organic dye, and is a so-called linear polarized light having a function of converting light into specific linearly polarized light. ..
The type of the polarizer is not particularly limited as long as it has a dichroic organic dye. Unlike iodine, a polarizer using a dichroic organic dye can easily adjust the tint, and it is possible to perform an optimum design according to the wavelength of the light emitting element.
 <二色性有機色素>
 本発明に用いられる二色性有機色素としては特に限定はない。
 二色性有機色素としては、二色性アゾ色素化合物が好ましく、通常いわゆる塗布型偏光子に用いられる二色性アゾ色素化合物を用いることができる。二色性アゾ色素化合物は、特に限定されず、従来公知の二色性アゾ色素を使用することができるが、後述の化合物が好ましく用いられる。
<Dichroic organic dye>
The bicolor organic dye used in the present invention is not particularly limited.
As the dichroic organic dye, a dichroic azo dye compound is preferable, and a dichroic azo dye compound usually used for a so-called coating type polarizer can be used. The dichroic azo dye compound is not particularly limited, and conventionally known dichroic azo dyes can be used, but the compounds described below are preferably used.
 本発明において、二色性アゾ色素化合物とは、方向によって吸光度が異なる色素を意味する。
 二色性アゾ色素化合物は、液晶性を示してもよいし、液晶性を示さなくてもよい。
 二色性アゾ色素化合物が液晶性を示す場合には、ネマチック性またはスメクチック性のいずれを示してもよい。液晶相を示す温度範囲は、室温(約20℃~28℃)~300℃が好ましく、取扱い性および製造適性の観点から、50℃~200℃であることがより好ましい。
In the present invention, the dichroic azo dye compound means a dye having different absorbance depending on the direction.
The dichroic azo dye compound may or may not exhibit liquid crystallinity.
When the dichroic azo dye compound exhibits liquid crystallinity, it may exhibit either nematic property or smectic property. The temperature range indicating the liquid crystal phase is preferably room temperature (about 20 ° C. to 28 ° C.) to 300 ° C., and more preferably 50 ° C. to 200 ° C. from the viewpoint of handleability and production suitability.
 本発明においては、色味調整の観点から、偏光子が、波長560~700nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する少なくとも1種の色素化合物(以下、「第1の二色性アゾ色素化合物」とも略す。)と、波長455nm以上560nm未満の範囲に極大吸収波長を有する少なくとも1種の色素化合物(以下、「第2の二色性アゾ色素化合物」とも略す。)とを少なくとも有していることが好ましく、具体的には、後述する式(1)で表される二色性アゾ色素化合物と、後述する式(2)で表される二色性アゾ色素化合物とを少なくとも有していることがより好ましい。 In the present invention, from the viewpoint of color adjustment, at least one dye compound in which the polarizer has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 560 to 700 nm (hereinafter, also abbreviated as "first dichroic azo dye compound"). ) And at least one dye compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 455 nm or more and less than 560 nm (hereinafter, also abbreviated as “second dichroic azo dye compound”). Preferably, specifically, it has at least a dichroic azo dye compound represented by the formula (1) described later and a dichroic azo dye compound represented by the formula (2) described later. More preferred.
 本発明においては、3種以上の二色性アゾ色素化合物を併用してもよく、例えば、偏光子を黒色に近づける観点から、第1の二色性アゾ色素化合物と、第2の二色性アゾ色素化合物と、波長380nm以上455nm未満の範囲(好ましくは、波長380~454nmの範囲)に極大吸収波長を有する少なくとも1種の色素化合物(以下、「第3の二色性アゾ色素化合物」とも略す。)を併用することが好ましい。 In the present invention, three or more kinds of dichroic azo dye compounds may be used in combination. For example, from the viewpoint of bringing the polarizer closer to black, the first dichroic azo dye compound and the second dichroic azo dye compound are used. Also referred to as an azo dye compound and at least one dye compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 380 nm or more and less than 455 nm (preferably in the wavelength range of 380 to 454 nm) (hereinafter, “third dichroic azo dye compound”). It is preferable to use abbreviated) together.
 本発明においては、耐押圧性がより良好となる理由から、二色性アゾ色素化合物が架橋性基を有していることが好ましい。
 架橋性基としては、具体的には、例えば、(メタ)アクリロイル基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、スチリル基などが挙げられ、中でも、(メタ)アクリロイル基が好ましい。
In the present invention, it is preferable that the dichroic azo dye compound has a crosslinkable group for the reason that the pressing resistance is improved.
Specific examples of the crosslinkable group include (meth) acryloyl group, epoxy group, oxetanyl group, styryl group and the like, and among them, (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
(第1の二色性アゾ色素化合物)
 第1の二色性アゾ色素化合物は、核である発色団と、発色団の末端に結合する側鎖と、を有する化合物であることが好ましい。
 発色団の具体例としては、芳香族環基(例えば、芳香族炭化水素基、芳香族複素環基)、アゾ基などが挙げられ、芳香族環基およびアゾ基の両方を有する構造が好ましく、芳香族複素環基(好ましくはチエノチアゾール基)と2つのアゾ基を有するビスアゾ構造がより好ましい。
 側鎖としては、特に限定されず、後述の式(1)のL3、R2またはL4で表される基が挙げられる。
(First dichroic azo dye compound)
The first dichroic azo dye compound is preferably a compound having a chromophore as a nucleus and a side chain attached to the end of the chromophore.
Specific examples of the color-developing group include an aromatic ring group (for example, an aromatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic heterocyclic group), an azo group, and the like, and a structure having both an aromatic ring group and an azo group is preferable. A bisazo structure having an aromatic heterocyclic group (preferably a thienothiazole group) and two azo groups is more preferable.
The side chain is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include groups represented by L3, R2, or L4 of the formula (1) described later.
 第1の二色性アゾ色素化合物は、偏光子の色味調整の観点から、最大吸収波長が560nm以上700nm以下(より好ましくは560~650nm、特に好ましくは560~640nm)の範囲に最大吸収波長を有する二色性アゾ色素化合物であるのが好ましい。
 本明細書における二色性アゾ色素化合物の最大吸収波長(nm)は、二色性アゾ色素化合物を良溶媒中に溶解させた溶液を用いて、分光光度計によって測定される波長380~800nmの範囲における紫外可視光スペクトルから求められる。
From the viewpoint of adjusting the tint of the polarizer, the first dichroic azo dye compound has a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of 560 nm or more and 700 nm or less (more preferably 560 to 650 nm, particularly preferably 560 to 640 nm). It is preferably a dichroic azo dye compound having.
The maximum absorption wavelength (nm) of the dichroic azo dye compound in the present specification is a wavelength of 380 to 800 nm measured by a spectrophotometer using a solution of the dichroic azo dye compound in a good solvent. Obtained from the ultraviolet visible light spectrum in the range.
 本発明においては、形成される偏光子の配向度が更に向上する理由から、第1の二色性アゾ色素化合物が、下記式(1)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 In the present invention, the first dichroic azo dye compound is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (1) for the reason that the degree of orientation of the formed polarizer is further improved.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 式(1)中、Ar1およびAr2はそれぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよいフェニレン基、または、置換基を有していてもよいナフチレン基を表し、フェニレン基が好ましい。 In the formula (1), Ar1 and Ar2 each independently represent a phenylene group which may have a substituent or a naphthylene group which may have a substituent, and a phenylene group is preferable.
 式(1)中、R1は、水素原子、炭素数1~20の置換基を有していてもよい直鎖もしくは分岐状のアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アルキルスルホニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アルキルカーボネート基、アルキルアミノ基、アシルアミノ基、アルキルカルボニルアミノ基、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基、アルキルスルホニルアミノ基、アルキルスルファモイル基、アルキルカルバモイル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アルキルウレイド基、アルキルリン酸アミド基、アルキルイミノ基、または、アルキルシリル基を表す。
 上記アルキル基を構成する-CH-は、-O-、-CO-、-C(O)-O-、-O-C(O)-、-Si(CH-O-Si(CH-、-N(R1’)-、-N(R1’)-CO-、-CO-N(R1’)-、-N(R1’)-C(O)-O-、-O-C(O)-N(R1’)-、-N(R1’)-C(O)-N(R1’)-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-N=N-、-C(R1’)=CH-C(O)-または-O-C(O)-O-、によって置換されていてもよい。
 R1が水素原子以外の基である場合、各基が有する水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、-N(R1’)、アミノ基、-C(R1’)=C(R1’)-NO、-C(R1’)=C(R1’)-CN、または、-C(R1’)=C(CN)、によって置換されていてもよい。
 R1’は、水素原子または炭素数1~6の直鎖もしくは分岐状のアルキル基を表す。各基において、R1’が複数存在する場合、互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
In formula (1), R1 is a linear or branched alkyl group, alkoxy group, alkylthio group, alkylsulfonyl group, alkylcarbonyl group, which may have a hydrogen atom and a substituent having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Alkyloxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, alkyl carbonate group, alkylamino group, acylamino group, alkylcarbonylamino group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, alkylsulfonylamino group, alkylsulfamoyl group, alkylcarbamoyl group, alkylsulfinyl group, alkylureid Represents a group, an alkylphosphate amide group, an alkylimino group, or an alkylsilyl group.
-CH 2- constituting the above alkyl group is -O-, -CO-, -C (O) -O-, -OC (O)-, -Si (CH 3 ) 2- O-Si ( CH 3 ) 2- , -N (R1')-, -N (R1')-CO-, -CO-N (R1')-, -N (R1')-C (O) -O-,- OC (O) -N (R1')-, -N (R1')-C (O) -N (R1')-, -CH = CH-, -C≡C-, -N = N- , -C (R1') = CH-C (O)-or -OC (O) -O-.
When R1 is a group other than a hydrogen atom, the hydrogen atom of each group is a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, -N (R1') 2 , an amino group, -C (R1') = C (R1'). ) -NO 2 , -C (R1') = C (R1')-CN, or -C (R1') = C (CN) 2 .
R1'represents a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. When a plurality of R1'are present in each group, they may be the same or different from each other.
 式(1)中、R2およびR3はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~20の置換基を有していてもよい直鎖もしくは分岐状のアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アシル基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、アルキルアミド基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリール基、アリールカルボニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、または、アリールアミド基を表す。
 上記アルキル基を構成する-CH-は、-O-、-S-、-C(O)-、-C(O)-O-、-O-C(O)-、-C(O)-S-、-S-C(O)-、-Si(CH32-O-Si(CH32-、-NR2’-、-NR2’-CO-、-CO-NR2’-、-NR2’-C(O)-O-、-O-C(O)-NR2’-、-NR2’-C(O)-NR2’-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-N=N-、-C(R2’)=CH-C(O)-、または、-O-C(O)-O-、によって置換されていてもよい。
 R2およびR3が水素原子以外の基である場合、各基が有する水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、-OH基、-N(R2’)、アミノ基、-C(R2’)=C(R2’)-NO、-C(R2’)=C(R2’)-CN、または、-C(R2’)=C(CN)、によって置換されていてもよい。
 R2’は、水素原子または炭素数1~6の直鎖もしくは分岐状のアルキル基を表す。各基において、R2’が複数存在する場合、互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 R2およびR3は、互いに結合して環を形成してもよいし、R2またはR3は、Ar2と結合して環を形成してもよい。
In formula (1), R2 and R3 independently have a hydrogen atom and a linear or branched alkyl group which may have a substituent having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group, an acyl group, and an alkyloxycarbonyl. Represents a group, an alkylamide group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an aryl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, or an arylamide group.
-CH 2- constituting the above alkyl group is -O-, -S-, -C (O)-, -C (O) -O-, -OC (O)-, -C (O). -S -, - S-C ( O) -, - Si (CH 3) 2 -O-Si (CH 3) 2 -, - NR2 '-, - NR2'-CO -, - CO-NR2'-, -NR2'-C (O) -O-, -OC (O) -NR2'-, -NR2'-C (O) -NR2'-, -CH = CH-, -C≡C-,- It may be replaced by N = N-, -C (R2') = CH-C (O)-, or -OC (O) -O-.
When R2 and R3 are groups other than hydrogen atoms, the hydrogen atoms of each group are halogen atom, nitro group, cyano group, -OH group, -N (R2') 2 , amino group, -C (R2'). ) = C (R2')-NO 2 , -C (R2') = C (R2')-CN, or -C (R2') = C (CN) 2 .
R2'represents a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. When a plurality of R2'are present in each group, they may be the same or different from each other.
R2 and R3 may combine with each other to form a ring, and R2 or R3 may combine with Ar2 to form a ring.
 耐光性の観点からは、R1は電子吸引性基であることが好ましく、R2およびR3は電子供与性が低い基であることが好ましい。
 このような基の具体例として、R1としては、アルキルスルホニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アルキルスルホニルアミノ基、アルキルスルファモイル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、および、アルキルウレイド基などが挙げられ、R2およびR3としては、下記の構造の基などが挙げられる。なお下記の構造の基は、上記式(1)において、R2およびR3が結合する窒素原子を含む形で示す。
From the viewpoint of light resistance, R1 is preferably an electron-withdrawing group, and R2 and R3 are preferably groups with low electron-donating properties.
As a specific example of such a group, R1 includes an alkylsulfonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, an acyloxy group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, an alkylsulfamoyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an alkylureido group and the like. Examples of R2 and R3 include groups having the following structures. The group having the following structure is shown in the above formula (1) in a form containing a nitrogen atom to which R2 and R3 are bonded.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 第1の二色性アゾ色素化合物の具体例を以下に示すが、これに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the first dichroic azo dye compound are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000040
 (第2の二色性アゾ色素化合物)
 第2の二色性アゾ色素化合物は、第1の二色性アゾ色素化合物異なる化合物であり、具体的にはその化学構造が異なっている。
 第2の二色性アゾ色素化合物は、二色性アゾ色素化合物の核である発色団と、発色団の末端に結合する側鎖と、を有する化合物であることが好ましい。
 発色団の具体例としては、芳香族環基(例えば、芳香族炭化水素基、芳香族複素環基)、アゾ基などが挙げられ、芳香族炭化水素基およびアゾ基の両方を有する構造が好ましく、芳香族炭化水素基と2または3つのアゾ基とを有するビスアゾまたはトリスアゾ構造がより好ましい。
 側鎖としては、特に限定されず、後述の式(2)のR4、R5またはR6で表される基が挙げられる。
(Second dichroic azo dye compound)
The second dichroic azo dye compound is a compound different from the first dichroic azo dye compound, and specifically, the chemical structure thereof is different.
The second dichroic azo dye compound is preferably a compound having a chromophore, which is the core of the dichroic azo dye compound, and a side chain attached to the end of the chromophore.
Specific examples of the color-developing group include an aromatic ring group (for example, an aromatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic heterocyclic group), an azo group, and the like, and a structure having both an aromatic hydrocarbon group and an azo group is preferable. , A bisazo or trisazo structure having an aromatic hydrocarbon group and two or three azo groups is more preferred.
The side chain is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include groups represented by R4, R5, or R6 of the formula (2) described later.
 第2の二色性アゾ色素化合物は、波長455nm以上560nm未満の範囲に最大吸収波長を有する二色性アゾ色素化合物であり、偏光子の色味調整の観点から、波長455~555nmの範囲に最大吸収波長を有する二色性アゾ色素化合物であることが好ましく、波長455~550nmの範囲に最大吸収波長を有する二色性アゾ色素化合物であることがより好ましい。
 特に、最大吸収波長が560~700nmである第1の二色性アゾ色素化合物と、最大吸収波長が455nm以上560nm未満の第2の二色性アゾ色素化合物と、を用いれば、偏光子の色味調整がより容易になる。
The second dichroic azo dye compound is a dichroic azo dye compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 455 nm or more and less than 560 nm, and has a wavelength in the range of 455 to 555 nm from the viewpoint of adjusting the tint of the polarizer. A dichroic azo dye compound having a maximum absorption wavelength is preferable, and a dichroic azo dye compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 455 to 550 nm is more preferable.
In particular, if a first dichroic azo dye compound having a maximum absorption wavelength of 560 to 700 nm and a second dichroic azo dye compound having a maximum absorption wavelength of 455 nm or more and less than 560 nm are used, the color of the polarizer is used. Taste adjustment becomes easier.
 第2の二色性アゾ色素化合物は、偏光子の配向度がより向上する点から、式(2)で表される化合物であるのが好ましい。 The second dichroic azo dye compound is preferably a compound represented by the formula (2) from the viewpoint of further improving the degree of orientation of the polarizer.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 式(2)中、nは1または2を表す。
 式(2)中、Ar3、Ar4およびAr5はそれぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよいフェニレン基、置換基を有していてもよいナフチレン基または置換基を有していてもよい複素環基を表す。
 複素環基としては、芳香族または非芳香族のいずれであってもよい。
 芳香族複素環基を構成する炭素以外の原子としては、窒素原子、硫黄原子および酸素原子が挙げられる。芳香族複素環基が炭素以外の環を構成する原子を複数有する場合、これらは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 芳香族複素環基の具体例としては、例えば、ピリジレン基(ピリジン-ジイル基)、ピリダジン-ジイル基、イミダゾール-ジイル基、チエニレン(チオフェン-ジイル基)、キノリレン基(キノリン-ジイル基)、イソキノリレン基(イソキノリン-ジイル基)、オキサゾール-ジイル基、チアゾール-ジイル基、オキサジアゾール-ジイル基、ベンゾチアゾール-ジイル基、ベンゾチアジアゾール-ジイル基、フタルイミド-ジイル基、チエノチアゾール-ジイル基、チアゾロチアゾール-ジイル基、チエノチオフェン-ジイル基、および、チエノオキサゾール-ジイル基などが挙げられる。
In formula (2), n represents 1 or 2.
In the formula (2), Ar3, Ar4 and Ar5 independently have a phenylene group which may have a substituent, a naphthylene group which may have a substituent or a hetero which may have a substituent. Represents a ring group.
The heterocyclic group may be either aromatic or non-aromatic.
Examples of atoms other than carbon constituting the aromatic heterocyclic group include nitrogen atom, sulfur atom and oxygen atom. When the aromatic heterocyclic group has a plurality of atoms constituting a ring other than carbon, they may be the same or different.
Specific examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group include pyridylene group (pyridine-diyl group), pyridazine-diyl group, imidazole-diyl group, thienylene (thiophene-diyl group), quinolylene group (quinolin-diyl group), and isoquinolylene. Group (isoquinoline-diyl group), oxazole-diyl group, thiazole-diyl group, oxazole-diyl group, benzothiazole-diyl group, benzothiaziazole-diyl group, phthalimide-diyl group, thienothiazole-diyl group, thiazolo Examples thereof include a thiazole-diyl group, a thienothiophene-diyl group, and a thienooxazole-diyl group.
 式(2)中、R4の定義は、式(1)中のR1と同様である。
 式(2)中、R5およびR6の定義はそれぞれ、式(1)中のR2およびR3と同様である。
The definition of R4 in the formula (2) is the same as that of R1 in the formula (1).
The definitions of R5 and R6 in the formula (2) are the same as those of R2 and R3 in the formula (1), respectively.
 耐光性の観点からは、R4は電子吸引性基であることが好ましく、R5およびR6は電子供与性が低い基であることが好ましい。
 このような基のうち、R4が電子吸引性基である場合の具体例は、R1が電子吸引性基である場合の具体例と同様であり、R5およびR6が電子供与性の低い基である場合の具体例は、R2およびR3が電子供与性の低い基である場合の具体例と同様である。
From the viewpoint of light resistance, R4 is preferably an electron-withdrawing group, and R5 and R6 are preferably groups with low electron-donating properties.
Among such groups, a specific example when R4 is an electron-withdrawing group is the same as a specific example when R1 is an electron-withdrawing group, and R5 and R6 are groups with low electron-donating properties. The specific example of the case is the same as the specific example when R2 and R3 are groups having a low electron donating property.
 第2の二色性アゾ色素化合物の具体例を以下に示すが、これに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the second dichroic azo dye compound are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000045
 (第3の二色性アゾ色素化合物)
 第3の二色性アゾ色素化合物は、第1の二色性アゾ色素化合物および第2の二色性アゾ色素化合物以外の二色性アゾ色素化合物であり、具体的には、第1の二色性アゾ色素化合物および第2の二色性アゾ色素化合物とは化学構造が異なっている。偏光子が第3の二色性アゾ色素化合物を含有すれば、偏光子の色味の調整が容易になるという利点がある。
 第3の二色性アゾ色素化合物の最大吸収波長は、380nm以上455nm未満であり、385~454nmが好ましい。
 第3の二色性アゾ色素化合物の具体例としては、国際公開第2017/195833号に記載の式(1)で表される化合物が挙げられる化合物のうち、上記第1の二色性アゾ色素化合物および上記第2の二色性アゾ色素化合物以外の化合物が挙げられる。
(Third dichroic azo dye compound)
The third bicolor azo dye compound is a bicolor azo dye compound other than the first bicolor azo dye compound and the second bicolor azo dye compound, and specifically, the first two. The chemical structure is different from that of the chromatic azo dye compound and the second dichromatic azo dye compound. If the polarizer contains a third dichroic azo dye compound, there is an advantage that the tint of the polarizer can be easily adjusted.
The maximum absorption wavelength of the third dichroic azo dye compound is 380 nm or more and less than 455 nm, preferably 385 to 454 nm.
As a specific example of the third dichroic azo dye compound, among the compounds including the compound represented by the formula (1) described in International Publication No. 2017/195833, the above-mentioned first bicolor azo dye compound. Examples thereof include compounds and compounds other than the above-mentioned second dichroic azo dye compound.
 以下に、第3の二色性色素化合物の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。なお、下記具体例中、nは、1~10の整数を表す。 Specific examples of the third dichroic dye compound are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the following specific example, n represents an integer of 1 to 10.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
 (二色性アゾ色素化合物の含有量)
 二色性アゾ色素化合物の含有量は、偏光子の全固形分質量に対して、15~30質量%が好ましく、18~28質量%がより好ましく、20~26質量%が更に好ましい。二色性アゾ色素化合物の含有量が上記範囲内にあれば、偏光子を薄膜にした場合であっても、高配向度の偏光子を得ることができる。そのため、フレキシブル性に優れた偏光子が得られやすい。また、30質量%を超えると、屈折率調整層による内部反射の抑制が困難となる。
 第1の二色性アゾ色素化合物の含有量は、偏光子形成用組成物(光吸収異方性層形成用組成物)中の二色性アゾ色素化合物全体の含有量100質量部に対して、40~90質量部が好ましく、45~75質量部がより好ましい。
 第2の二色性アゾ色素化合物の含有量は、偏光子形成用組成物中の二色性アゾ色素化合物全体の含有量100質量に対して、6~50質量部が好ましく、8~35質量部がより好ましい。
 第3の二色性アゾ色素化合物の含有量は、偏光子形成用組成物中の二色性アゾ色素化合物の含有量100質量に対して、3~35質量部が好ましく、5~30質量部がより好ましい。
 第1の二色性アゾ色素化合物と、第2の二色性アゾ色素化合物と、および必要に応じて用いられる第3の二色性アゾ色素化合物と、の含有比は、偏光子の色味調整するために、任意に設定することができる。ただし、第1の二色性アゾ色素化合物に対する第2の二色性アゾ色素化合物の含有比(第2の二色性アゾ色素化合物/第1の二色性アゾ色素化合物)は、モル換算で、0.1~10が好ましく、0.2~5がより好ましく、0.3~0.8が特に好ましい。
(Content of dichroic azo dye compound)
The content of the dichroic azo dye compound is preferably 15 to 30% by mass, more preferably 18 to 28% by mass, and even more preferably 20 to 26% by mass with respect to the total solid content mass of the polarizer. When the content of the dichroic azo dye compound is within the above range, it is possible to obtain a polarizer having a high degree of orientation even when the polarizer is made into a thin film. Therefore, it is easy to obtain a polarizer having excellent flexibility. On the other hand, if it exceeds 30% by mass, it becomes difficult for the refractive index adjusting layer to suppress internal reflection.
The content of the first dichroic azo dye compound is 100 parts by mass of the total content of the dichroic azo dye compound in the polarizing element forming composition (composition for forming a light absorption anisotropic layer). , 40 to 90 parts by mass, more preferably 45 to 75 parts by mass.
The content of the second dichroic azo dye compound is preferably 6 to 50 parts by mass, preferably 8 to 35 parts by mass, based on 100 mass by mass of the total content of the dichroic azo dye compound in the composition for forming a polarizer. Part is more preferable.
The content of the third dichroic azo dye compound is preferably 3 to 35 parts by mass and 5 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 mass by mass of the content of the dichroic azo dye compound in the composition for forming a polarizer. Is more preferable.
The content ratio of the first dichroic azo dye compound, the second dichroic azo dye compound, and the third dichroic azo dye compound used as needed is the tint of the polarizer. It can be set arbitrarily to adjust. However, the content ratio of the second dichroic azo dye compound to the first dichroic azo dye compound (second dichroic azo dye compound / first dichroic azo dye compound) is in terms of molars. , 0.1 to 10, more preferably 0.2 to 5, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 0.8.
 <二色性有機色素を有するPVA偏光子>
 二色性有機色素を有する偏光子としては、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール(PVA)系樹脂に二色性有機色素を吸着させ、延伸することで形成される偏光子(以下、「PVA偏光子」と略す。)が挙げられる。
 ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂は、-CH-CHOH-という繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であり、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール、および、エチレン-ビニルアルコール共重合体が挙げられる。
 この態様において、二色性有機色素は親水性の高い色素が好ましく、特開2019-86622号公報の段落[0027]~[0030]に記載されたスルホ基を有するアゾ色素を用いることが好ましい。
<PVA polarizer with dichroic organic dye>
As the polarizer having a dichroic organic dye, for example, a polarizer formed by adsorbing a dichroic organic dye on a polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) -based resin and stretching it (hereinafter, abbreviated as “PVA polarizer”). .) Can be mentioned.
Polyvinyl alcohol resin is a resin containing a repeating unit of -CH 2 -CHOH-, e.g., polyvinyl alcohol, and an ethylene - vinyl alcohol copolymer.
In this embodiment, the dichroic organic dye is preferably a highly hydrophilic dye, and it is preferable to use the azo dye having a sulfo group described in paragraphs [0027] to [0030] of JP-A-2019-86622.
 一方で、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂は非常に親水的で吸水性が高く、偏光板全体の含水量に対する寄与が非常に大きい。偏光子の膜厚低減により含水量を調整することが可能となる。また、特開2015-129826号公報に記載のように、非液晶PET(ポリエチレンテレフタレート)基材に9μm厚のポリビニルアルコール層が製膜された積層体を染色、延伸することで、厚さ4μmのポリビニルアルコール層が得られることが開示されており、このような方法を用いることも好ましい。
 ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層の厚みは、15μm以下が好ましく、10μm以下がより好ましく、5μm以下がさらに好ましい。偏光子厚みを薄くすることで、表示装置の薄型化できるだけでなく、含水量をより下げることが可能となり、表示装置の湿熱耐久性を向上することが可能となる。また、偏光子として必要な吸光度を得るためには、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層の厚みは、1μm以上が好ましい。
On the other hand, the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is very hydrophilic and has high water absorption, and contributes very much to the water content of the entire polarizing plate. The water content can be adjusted by reducing the film thickness of the polarizer. Further, as described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-129286, a laminate having a 9 μm-thick polyvinyl alcohol layer formed on a non-liquid crystal PET (polyethylene terephthalate) base material is dyed and stretched to obtain a thickness of 4 μm. It is disclosed that a polyvinyl alcohol layer can be obtained, and it is also preferable to use such a method.
The thickness of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer is preferably 15 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and even more preferably 5 μm or less. By reducing the thickness of the polarizer, not only can the display device be made thinner, but also the water content can be further reduced, and the moist heat durability of the display device can be improved. Further, in order to obtain the absorbance required as a polarizer, the thickness of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer is preferably 1 μm or more.
 <二色性有機色素と重合性液晶化合物を有する偏光子>
 二色性有機色素を有する偏光子の他の例としては、WO2019/131943号公報および特開2017-83843号公報に記載されているように、ポリビニルアルコールをバインダーとして用いずに、重合性液晶化合物および二色性有機色素(例えば、WO2017/195833号公報に記載の光吸収性異方性膜に用いられる二色性アゾ色素)を含む組成物(偏光子形成用組成物)を用い、塗布により形成される偏光子(以下、「塗布型偏光子」と略す。)が好適に挙げられる。
 塗布型偏光子は、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂層を必要としないため、上記PVA偏光子に対して、さらに偏光板含水量を下げることが可能であり、表示装置の湿熱耐久性をさらに向上することが可能となる。
<Polarizer with dichroic organic dye and polymerizable liquid crystal compound>
As another example of a polarizing element having a dichroic organic dye, as described in WO2019 / 131943 and 2017-83843, a polymerizable liquid crystal compound without using polyvinyl alcohol as a binder. And by application using a composition (composition for forming a polarizer) containing a dichroic organic dye (for example, a dichroic azo dye used for a light-absorbing anisotropic film described in WO2017 / 195833). Preferred examples thereof include a polarizer to be formed (hereinafter, abbreviated as "coating type polarizer").
Since the coating type polarizer does not require a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin layer, it is possible to further reduce the water content of the polarizing plate with respect to the PVA polarizer, and it is possible to further improve the moist heat durability of the display device. It will be possible.
 偏光子形成用組成物に含まれる重合性液晶化合物は特に限定されず、例えば、上述した光学異方性層の形成に用いる組成物に含まれる重合性液晶化合物と同様のものが挙げられる。
 また、重合性液晶化合物は、膜強度の観点で重合性基を有することが好ましく、塗布組成物に対する固形分比は、60質量%以上が好ましい。
 偏光子形成用組成物に含まれる重合性液晶化合物や二色性有機色素がラジカル重合性基を有することがより好ましい。
 偏光子形成用組成物の固形分重量に対して、ラジカル重合性基のモル含有率が、0.6mmol/g以上であれば、好ましく、1.0mmol/g以上であればより好ましく、1.5mmol/g以上であればさらに好ましい。
 この塗布型偏光子は、液晶化合物の配向を活用して、二色性有機色素を配向させる技術である。特開2012-83734号公報に記載されているように、重合性液晶化合物がスメクチック性を示すと、配向度を高める観点で好ましい。あるいは、WO2018/186503号公報に記載されているように、色素を結晶化させることも配向度を高める観点で好ましい。WO2019/131943号公報には、配向度を高めるために好ましい高分子液晶の構造が記載されている。
 塗布型偏光子を配向させるためには、配向層を有することが好ましい。配向層の詳細は、後述する。
The polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the composition for forming a polarizer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the same polymerizable liquid crystal compounds contained in the composition used for forming the optically anisotropic layer described above.
Further, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound preferably has a polymerizable group from the viewpoint of film strength, and the solid content ratio with respect to the coating composition is preferably 60% by mass or more.
It is more preferable that the polymerizable liquid crystal compound or the dichroic organic dye contained in the composition for forming a polarizer has a radically polymerizable group.
It is preferable that the molar content of the radically polymerizable group is 0.6 mmol / g or more, and more preferably 1.0 mmol / g or more, based on the solid content weight of the composition for forming a polarizer. More preferably, it is 5 mmol / g or more.
This coating type polarizer is a technique for orienting a dichroic organic dye by utilizing the orientation of a liquid crystal compound. As described in JP-A-2012-83734, it is preferable that the polymerizable liquid crystal compound exhibits smectic properties from the viewpoint of increasing the degree of orientation. Alternatively, as described in WO2018 / 186503, crystallization of the dye is also preferable from the viewpoint of increasing the degree of orientation. WO2019 / 131943 describes a structure of a polymer liquid crystal preferable for increasing the degree of orientation.
In order to orient the coated polarizer, it is preferable to have an alignment layer. Details of the oriented layer will be described later.
 延伸を行わず、液晶の配向性を利用して二色性有機色素を配向させた偏光子は下記の特徴を有する。厚みが0.1μm~5μm程度と非常に薄層化できること、特開2019-194685号公報に記載されているように折り曲げた時のクラックが入りにくいことや熱変形が小さいこと、特許6483486号公報に記載されるように50%を超えるような透過率の高い偏光板でも耐久性に優れること等、多くの長所を有する。
これらの長所を生かして、高輝度や小型軽量が求められる用途、微細な光学系用途、曲面を有する部位への成形用途、フレキシブルな部位への用途が可能である。勿論、支持体を剥離して偏光子を転写して使用することも可能である。
The polarizer in which the dichroic organic dye is oriented by utilizing the orientation of the liquid crystal without stretching has the following characteristics. The thickness can be made very thin, about 0.1 μm to 5 μm, cracks are less likely to occur when bent as described in JP-A-2019-194685, and thermal deformation is small. Patent No. 6483486 As described in the above, even a polarizing plate having a high transmittance exceeding 50% has many advantages such as excellent durability.
Taking advantage of these advantages, it can be used for applications requiring high brightness, small size and light weight, fine optical system applications, molding applications for curved surfaces, and flexible regions. Of course, it is also possible to peel off the support and transfer the polarizer for use.
 上記塗布型偏光子の厚みは、0.1~5μmが好ましく、0.3~3μmがより好ましく、0.3~2μmがさらに好ましい。偏光子厚みを薄くすることで、表示装置の薄型化が可能となる。また、光学異方性層と塗布型偏光子を積層塗布することおよび同一支持体の両面にそれぞれ塗布することも、粘接着層を省くことができ、円偏光板の薄層化および製造効率化の観点で好ましい。
 上記塗布型偏光子は、PVA偏光子に対して、高透過率でも耐久性に優れるため、省電力化の観点では、偏光子の視感度補正単体透過率が40%以上であることが好ましく、45%以上であることがより好ましく、50%以上であることがさらに好ましい。
The thickness of the coated polarizer is preferably 0.1 to 5 μm, more preferably 0.3 to 3 μm, and even more preferably 0.3 to 2 μm. By reducing the thickness of the polarizer, the display device can be made thinner. Further, by laminating and coating the optically anisotropic layer and the coating type polarizing element on both sides of the same support, the adhesive layer can be omitted, and the circular polarizing plate can be thinned and the manufacturing efficiency can be increased. It is preferable from the viewpoint of conversion.
Since the coating type polarizer has excellent durability with respect to the PVA polarizer even with a high transmittance, from the viewpoint of power saving, the visibility correction simple substance transmittance of the polarizer is preferably 40% or more. It is more preferably 45% or more, and further preferably 50% or more.
 なお、偏光板中において偏光子の透過軸と光学異方性層の遅相軸との関係は特に制限されない。
 偏光板を反射防止用途に適用する場合、光学異方性層がλ/4板で、かつ、偏光子の透過軸と光学異方性層の遅相軸とのなす角度は45±10°の範囲(35~55°)が好ましい。
The relationship between the transmission axis of the polarizer and the slow axis of the optically anisotropic layer in the polarizing plate is not particularly limited.
When the polarizing plate is applied to antireflection applications, the optically anisotropic layer is a λ / 4 plate, and the angle between the transmission axis of the polarizer and the slow axis of the optically anisotropic layer is 45 ± 10 °. The range (35-55 °) is preferred.
[粘着層]
 本発明の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置は、上述した円偏光板と、後述する窒化ケイ素層との間に、粘着層を有する。
[Adhesive layer]
The organic electroluminescence display device of the present invention has an adhesive layer between the above-mentioned circularly polarizing plate and the silicon nitride layer described later.
 粘着層に含まれる粘着剤としては、例えば、ゴム系粘着剤、アクリル系粘着剤、シリコーン系粘着剤、ウレタン系粘着剤、ビニルアルキルエーテル系粘着剤、ポリビニルアルコール系粘着剤、ポリビニルピロリドン系粘着剤、ポリアクリルアミド系粘着剤、セルロース系粘着剤等が挙げられる。
 これらのうち、透明性、耐候性、耐熱性などの観点から、アクリル系粘着剤(感圧粘着剤)であるのが好ましい。
Examples of the adhesive contained in the adhesive layer include rubber-based adhesives, acrylic-based adhesives, silicone-based adhesives, urethane-based adhesives, vinyl alkyl ether-based adhesives, polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesives, and polyvinylpyrrolidone-based adhesives. , Polyacrylamide-based adhesives, cellulose-based adhesives and the like.
Of these, an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive (pressure-sensitive pressure-sensitive adhesive) is preferable from the viewpoint of transparency, weather resistance, heat resistance, and the like.
 粘着層は、例えば、粘着剤の溶液を離型シート上に塗布し、乾燥した後に後、透明樹脂層の表面に転写する方法;粘着剤の溶液を透明樹脂層の表面に直接塗布し、乾燥させる方法;等により形成することができる。
 粘着剤の溶液は、例えば、トルエンや酢酸エチル等の溶剤に、粘着剤を溶解または分散させた10~40質量%程度の溶液として調製される。
 塗布法は、リバースコーティング、グラビアコーティング等のロールコーティング法、スピンコーティング法、スクリーンコーティング法、ファウンテンコーティング法、ディッピング法、スプレー法などを採用できる。
The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is, for example, a method in which a solution of a pressure-sensitive adhesive is applied onto a release sheet, dried, and then transferred to the surface of the transparent resin layer; the solution of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is directly applied to the surface of the transparent resin layer and dried. It can be formed by a method of making it; etc.
The pressure-sensitive adhesive solution is prepared as a solution of about 10 to 40% by mass in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive is dissolved or dispersed in a solvent such as toluene or ethyl acetate.
As the coating method, a roll coating method such as reverse coating or gravure coating, a spin coating method, a screen coating method, a fountain coating method, a dipping method, a spray method and the like can be adopted.
 また、離型シートの構成材料としては、例えば、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリエチレンテレフタレートなどの合成樹脂フィルム;ゴムシート;紙;布;不織布;ネット;発泡シート;金属箔;等の適宜な薄葉体等が挙げられる。 Further, as the constituent material of the release sheet, for example, an appropriate thin leaf body such as a synthetic resin film such as polyethylene, polypropylene, polyethylene terephthalate; rubber sheet; paper; cloth; non-woven fabric; net; foam sheet; metal leaf; Can be mentioned.
 本発明においては、粘着層の厚みは特に限定されないが、3μm~50μmであることが好ましく、4μm~40μmであることがより好ましく、5μm~30μmであることが更に好ましい。 In the present invention, the thickness of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3 μm to 50 μm, more preferably 4 μm to 40 μm, and further preferably 5 μm to 30 μm.
[窒化ケイ素層]
 本発明の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置は、上述した粘着層と、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子との間に、窒化ケイ素層を有する。
 有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子は、水分や酸素の影響に敏感であるため、水分や酸素を遮断するバリア層(低透湿基板)として、窒化ケイ素層が用いられる。
 窒化ケイ素層の透湿度は、1g/m・day以下であることが望ましく、10-3g/m・day以下が好ましい。なかでも、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示素子の耐久性の点で、10-4g/m・day以下がより好ましく、10-5g/m・day以下がさらに好ましい。下限は特に制限されないが、10-10g/m・day以上の場合が多い。
 ここで、透湿度とは、JIS Z 0208:1976の「防湿包装材料の透湿度試験方法(カップ法)」に記載された手法に従い、温度40℃、相対湿度90%の条件下で24時間に通過した水蒸気の量(g/m・day)をいう。
 基板の透湿度の測定方法は、以下の通りである。測定温度40℃、相対湿度90%の条件下で、水蒸気透過率測定装置(MOCON,INC.製のAQUATRAN2(商標登録))を用いて測定する。
 窒化ケイ素層の厚みは、ガスバリア能の観点から、10nmが好ましく、20nm以上がさらに好ましい。膜の割れ防止の観点から、150nm以下が好ましく、80nm以下がさらに好ましい。
[Silicon nitride layer]
The organic electroluminescence display device of the present invention has a silicon nitride layer between the above-mentioned adhesive layer and the organic electroluminescence element.
Since the organic electroluminescence element is sensitive to the influence of moisture and oxygen, a silicon nitride layer is used as a barrier layer (low moisture permeability substrate) that blocks moisture and oxygen.
The moisture permeability of the silicon nitride layer is preferably 1 g / m 2 · day or less, and preferably 10 -3 g / m 2 · day or less. Among them, 10-4 g / m 2 · day or less is more preferable, and 10-5 g / m 2 · day or less is further preferable, from the viewpoint of durability of the organic electroluminescence display element. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but it is often 10-10 g / m 2 · day or more.
Here, the humidity permeation is defined as 24 hours under the conditions of a temperature of 40 ° C. and a relative humidity of 90% according to the method described in "Humidity Permeability Test Method for Moisture-Proof Packaging Material (Cup Method)" of JIS Z 0208: 1976. The amount of water vapor that has passed (g / m 2 · day).
The method for measuring the moisture permeability of the substrate is as follows. The measurement is performed using a water vapor transmittance measuring device (AQUATRAN2 (registered trademark) manufactured by MOCON, INC.) Under the conditions of a measuring temperature of 40 ° C. and a relative humidity of 90%.
The thickness of the silicon nitride layer is preferably 10 nm, more preferably 20 nm or more, from the viewpoint of gas barrier ability. From the viewpoint of preventing cracking of the film, it is preferably 150 nm or less, and more preferably 80 nm or less.
 窒化ケイ素層が、ケイ素原子、窒素原子および水素原子を含有していることが好ましく、具体的には、SiNH(元素比率 Si:N:H=1:1:1)を含有していることがより好ましい。 The silicon nitride layer preferably contains a silicon atom, a nitrogen atom and a hydrogen atom, and specifically, it contains SiNH (element ratio Si: N: H = 1: 1: 1). More preferred.
 窒化ケイ素層の形成方法は、従来公知のいかなる方法でも用いることができる。例えば、スパッタリング法、真空蒸着法、イオンプレーティング法、および、プラズマCVD(Chemical Vapor Deposition)法などが適しており、具体的には特許第3400324号、特開2002-322561号、特開2002-361774号各公報記載の形成方法を採用することができる。
 窒化ケイ素層は、加水分解反応によりアンモニアガス発生する可能性があるが、以下の場合に加水分解反応が促進され、本発明の効果が顕著となる。
 窒化ケイ素層は、FT-IR(フーリエ変換赤外吸収スペクトル)測定で、800~900cm-1に位置するSi-N結合のピーク(Si-Nの伸縮振動による吸収のピーク(ピーク強度))、2100~2200cm-1に位置するSi-H結合のピーク(Si-Hの伸縮振動による吸収のピーク)、および3300~3400cm-1に位置するN-H結合のピーク(N-Hの伸縮振動による吸収のピーク)を有する。本発明の効果がより顕著に現れる点から、Si-N結合のピークとN-H結合のピークとの強度比であるN-H/Si-Nが、0.04以上が好ましく、0.06以上がより好ましく、0.08以上がさらに好ましく、0.10以上がもっとも好ましい。膜のバリア能の点から、N-H/Si-Nが、0.3以下が好ましく、0.2以下がより好ましく、0.15以下がさらに好ましい。
 また、窒化ケイ素層の膜密度については、薄膜X線回折装置(株式会社リガク製 ATX-E)を用いて、X線反射率測定法によって膜密度[g/cm3]を測定できる。本発明の効果がより顕著に現れる点から、膜密度が、2.4g/cm3以下が好ましく、2.3g/cm3以下がより好ましい。膜のバリア能の点からは、1.8g/cm3以上が好ましく、2.0g/cm3以上がより好ましく、2.2g/cm3以上がさらに好ましい。
As a method for forming the silicon nitride layer, any conventionally known method can be used. For example, a sputtering method, a vacuum deposition method, an ion plating method, a plasma CVD (Chemical Vapor Deposition) method, and the like are suitable. Specifically, Japanese Patent No. 3400324, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2002-322561, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2002- The forming method described in each of the publications of No. 361774 can be adopted.
Ammonia gas may be generated in the silicon nitride layer by the hydrolysis reaction, but the hydrolysis reaction is promoted in the following cases, and the effect of the present invention becomes remarkable.
The silicon nitride layer has a Si—N bond peak (peak of absorption due to expansion and contraction vibration of Si—N (peak intensity)) located at 800 to 900 cm -1 as measured by FT-IR (Fourier transform infrared absorption spectrum). The peak of the Si—H bond located at 2100 to 2200 cm -1 (the peak of absorption due to the expansion and contraction vibration of Si—H) and the peak of the NH bond located at 3300 to 3400 cm -1 (due to the expansion and contraction vibration of NH). Has a peak of absorption). From the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention appears more prominently, the strength ratio of the peak of Si—N bond to the peak of NH bond, NH / Si—N, is preferably 0.04 or more, preferably 0.06. The above is more preferable, 0.08 or more is further preferable, and 0.10 or more is most preferable. From the viewpoint of the barrier ability of the film, NH / Si—N is preferably 0.3 or less, more preferably 0.2 or less, and even more preferably 0.15 or less.
Regarding the film density of the silicon nitride layer, the film density [g / cm 3 ] can be measured by the X-ray reflectance measurement method using a thin film X-ray diffractometer (ATX-E manufactured by Rigaku Co., Ltd.). From the viewpoint of effect appears more remarkably in the present invention, the film density is preferably 2.4 g / cm 3 or less, 2.3 g / cm 3 or less is more preferable. From the viewpoint of the barrier ability of the membrane, 1.8 g / cm 3 or more is preferable, 2.0 g / cm 3 or more is more preferable, and 2.2 g / cm 3 or more is further preferable.
[有機EL表示素子]
 本発明の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置が有する有機EL表示素子は、一対の電極およびその間に挟まれた有機発光層を有する表示素子である。
 有機EL表示素子の電極間には、有機発光層以外に、正孔注入層、正孔輸送層、電子注入層、電子輸送層、保護層などを有してもよく、またこれらの各層はそれぞれ他の機能を備えたものであってもよい。各層の形成にはそれぞれ種々の材料を用いることができる。
[Organic EL display element]
The organic EL display element included in the organic electroluminescence display device of the present invention is a display element having a pair of electrodes and an organic light emitting layer sandwiched between them.
In addition to the organic light emitting layer, a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron injection layer, an electron transport layer, a protective layer, and the like may be provided between the electrodes of the organic EL display element, and each of these layers may be provided. It may have other functions. Various materials can be used to form each layer.
[その他の層]
 本発明の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置は、上述した、円偏光板(光学異方性層および偏光子)、粘着層、窒化ケイ素層、ならびに、有機EL素子以外の他の部材を有していてもよい。
[Other layers]
Even if the organic electroluminescence display device of the present invention has the above-mentioned circularly polarizing plate (optically anisotropic layer and polarizer), adhesive layer, silicon nitride layer, and other members other than the organic EL element. Good.
 〔支持体〕
 本発明の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置は、上記光学異方性層や塗布型偏光子を支持するための支持体を有していてもよいが、薄層化のために支持体を剥離することも好ましい。
 支持体は、透明であるのが好ましく、具体的には光透過率が80%以上であるのが好ましい。
[Support]
The organic electroluminescence display device of the present invention may have a support for supporting the optically anisotropic layer or the coated polarizer, but the support may be peeled off for thinning. preferable.
The support is preferably transparent, and specifically, the light transmittance is preferably 80% or more.
 支持体としては、例えば、ポリマーフィルムが挙げられる。
 ポリマーフィルムの材料としては、セルロース系ポリマー;ポリメチルメタクリレート、ラクトン環含有重合体などのアクリル酸エステル重合体を有する(メタ)アクリル系ポリマー;熱可塑性ノルボルネン系ポリマー;ポリカーボネート系ポリマー;ポリエチレンテレフタレート、および、ポリエチレンナフタレートなどのポリエステル系ポリマー;ポリスチレン、および、アクリロニトリル・スチレン共重合体(AS樹脂)などのスチレン系ポリマー;ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、および、エチレン・プロピレン共重合体などのポリオレフィン系ポリマー;、塩化ビニル系ポリマー;ナイロン、および、芳香族ポリアミドなどのアミド系ポリマー;イミド系ポリマー;スルホン系ポリマー;ポリエーテルスルホン系ポリマー;ポリエーテルエーテルケトン系ポリマー;ポリフェニレンスルフィド系ポリマー;塩化ビニリデン系ポリマー;ビニルアルコール系ポリマー;ビニルブチラール系ポリマー;アリレート系ポリマー;ポリオキシメチレン系ポリマー;エポキシ系ポリマー;またはこれらのポリマーを混合したポリマーが挙げられる。
 また、上述した偏光子がこのような支持体を兼ねる態様であってもよい。
Examples of the support include a polymer film.
Materials for the polymer film include cellulose-based polymers; (meth) acrylic polymers having acrylic acid ester polymers such as polymethylmethacrylate and lactone ring-containing polymers; thermoplastic norbornene-based polymers; polycarbonate-based polymers; polyethylene terephthalates, and , Polyester-based polymers such as polyethylene naphthalate; Polystyrene and styrene-based polymers such as acrylonitrile-styrene copolymer (AS resin); Polyethylene-based polymers such as polyethylene, polypropylene, and ethylene-propylene copolymers; Vinyl-based polymers; Nylon and amide-based polymers such as aromatic polyamides; Imid-based polymers; Sulfon-based polymers; Polyether sulfone-based polymers; Polyether ether ketone-based polymers; Polyphenylene sulfide-based polymers; Examples include polymer; vinyl butyral polymer; allylate polymer; polyoxymethylene polymer; epoxy polymer; or a polymer in which these polymers are mixed.
Further, the above-mentioned polarizer may also serve as such a support.
 支持体の厚みは特に制限されないが、5~80μmが好ましく、10~40μmがより好ましく、10~25μmがより好ましい。 The thickness of the support is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 to 80 μm, more preferably 10 to 40 μm, and even more preferably 10 to 25 μm.
 〔配向層〕
 本発明の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置は、光学異方性層や塗布型偏光子の配向を促進するために、配向層を有することも好ましいが、薄層化のために配向層を剥離することも好ましい。なお、上述した支持体が配向層を兼ねる態様であってもよい。
[Orientation layer]
The organic electroluminescence display device of the present invention preferably has an alignment layer in order to promote the orientation of the optically anisotropic layer and the coating type polarizer, but the alignment layer may be peeled off for thinning. preferable. The support described above may also serve as an orientation layer.
 光学異方性層の一態様であるポジティブAプレートを形成するためには、特定液晶化合物の分子を所望の配向状態にするための技術が用いられ、例えば、配向層を利用して、特定液晶化合物を所望の方向に配向させる技術が一般的である。
 配向層としては、ポリマーなどの有機化合物を含む層のラビング処理膜や無機化合物の斜方蒸着膜、マイクログルーブを有する膜、または、ω-トリコサン酸、ジオクタデシルメチルアンモニウムクロライド、もしくは、ステアリル酸メチルなどの有機化合物のラングミュア・ブロジェット法によるLB(Langmuir-Blodgett)膜を累積させた膜が挙げられる。
 さらに、配向層としては、光の照射で配向機能が生じる光配向層も好ましい。
In order to form the positive A plate, which is one aspect of the optically anisotropic layer, a technique for aligning the molecules of the specific liquid crystal compound in a desired orientation state is used. For example, the orientation layer is used to form the specific liquid crystal. A technique for orienting a compound in a desired direction is common.
The orientation layer includes a rubbing-treated film of a layer containing an organic compound such as a polymer, an oblique vapor deposition film of an inorganic compound, a film having microgrooves, or ω-tricosanoic acid, dioctadecylmethylammonium chloride, or methyl stearylate. Examples thereof include a membrane obtained by accumulating LB (Langmuir-Blodgett) membranes obtained by the Langmuir-Blodget method of organic compounds such as.
Further, as the alignment layer, a photo-alignment layer in which an alignment function is generated by irradiation with light is also preferable.
 配向層としては、ポリマーなどの有機化合物を含む層(ポリマー層)の表面をラビング処理して形成されたものを好ましく用いることができる。ラビング処理は、ポリマー層の表面を紙または布で一定方向(好ましくは支持体の長手方向)に数回こすることにより実施される。配向層の形成に使用するポリマーとしては、ポリイミド、ポリビニルアルコール、特許第3907735号公報の段落0071~0095に記載の変性ポリビニルアルコール、および、特開平9-152509号公報に記載された重合性基を有するポリマーが好ましい。
 配向層の厚さは、配向機能を発揮することができれば特に制限されないが、0.01~5μmが好ましく、0.05~2μmがより好ましい。
As the orientation layer, a layer formed by rubbing the surface of a layer (polymer layer) containing an organic compound such as a polymer can be preferably used. The rubbing treatment is carried out by rubbing the surface of the polymer layer with paper or cloth several times in a certain direction (preferably in the longitudinal direction of the support). Examples of the polymer used for forming the alignment layer include polyimide, polyvinyl alcohol, the modified polyvinyl alcohol described in paragraphs 0071 to 0905 of Japanese Patent No. 3907735, and the polymerizable group described in JP-A-9-152509. The polymer having is preferable.
The thickness of the alignment layer is not particularly limited as long as it can exhibit the alignment function, but is preferably 0.01 to 5 μm, more preferably 0.05 to 2 μm.
 配向層としては、光配向性の素材に偏光または非偏光を照射して配向層とした、いわゆる光配向層(光配向層)を用いることがより好ましい。
 光配向層には、垂直方向または斜め方向から偏光照射する工程、または、斜め方向から非偏光照射する工程により配向規制力を付与することが好ましい。
 光配向層を利用することで、特定液晶化合物を優れた対称性で水平配向させることが可能である。そのため、光配向層を利用して形成されたポジティブAプレートは、特にIPS(In-Place-Switching)モード液晶表示装置のように駆動液晶のプレ傾斜角が必要ない液晶表示装置における光学補償に有用である。
As the alignment layer, it is more preferable to use a so-called photo-alignment layer (photo-alignment layer) in which a photo-alignment material is irradiated with polarized light or non-polarized light to form an alignment layer.
It is preferable to impart an orientation regulating force to the photoalignment layer by a step of irradiating the photoalignment layer with polarized light from a vertical direction or an oblique direction, or a step of irradiating unpolarized light from an oblique direction.
By using the photo-alignment layer, it is possible to horizontally orient the specific liquid crystal compound with excellent symmetry. Therefore, the positive A plate formed by using the photoalignment layer is particularly useful for optical compensation in a liquid crystal display device that does not require a pre-tilt angle of the driving liquid crystal, such as an IPS (In-Place-Switching) mode liquid crystal display device. Is.
 光配向層に用いられる光配向材料としては、例えば、特開2006-285197号公報、特開2007-076839号公報、特開2007-138138号公報、特開2007-094071号公報、特開2007-121721号公報、特開2007-140465号公報、特開2007-156439号公報、特開2007-133184号公報、特開2009-109831号公報、特許第3883848号、特許第4151746号に記載のアゾ化合物、特開2002-229039号公報に記載の芳香族エステル化合物、特開2002-265541号公報、特開2002-317013号公報に記載の光配向性単位を有するマレイミドおよび/またはアルケニル置換ナジイミド化合物、特許第4205195号、特許第4205198号に記載の光架橋性シラン誘導体、特表2003-520878号公報、特表2004-529220号公報、特許第4162850号に記載の光架橋性ポリイミド、ポリアミド、またはエステル、特開平9-118717号公報、特表平10-506420号公報、特表2003-505561号公報、国際公開第2010/150748号、特開2013-177561号公報、特開2014-12823号公報に記載の光二量化可能な化合物、特にシンナメート化合物、カルコン化合物、および、クマリン化合物が挙げられる。
 特に好ましい例としては、シンナメート化合物が挙げられる。
Examples of the photo-alignment material used for the photo-alignment layer include JP-A-2006-285197, JP-A-2007-076839, JP-A-2007-138138, JP-A-2007-094071, and JP-A-2007-. The azo compounds described in JP-A-121721, JP-A-2007-140465, JP-A-2007-156439, JP-A-2007-133184, JP-A-2009-109831, Patent No. 3883848, and Patent No. 4151746. , Aromatic ester compounds described in JP-A-2002-229039, maleimide and / or alkenyl-substituted nadiimide compounds having photo-orientation units described in JP-A-2002-265541 and JP-A-2002-317013, patents. Photocrossable silane derivatives described in No. 4205195, Patent No. 4205198, Photocrossable polyimides, polyamides, or esters described in JP-A-2003-520878, JP-A-2004-522220, and Patent No. 4162850. Described in JP-A-9-118717, JP-A-10-506420, JP-A-2003-505561, International Publication No. 2010/150748, JP-A-2013-177561, and JP-A-2014-12823. Examples of photodimerizable compounds, particularly synchromate compounds, chalcone compounds, and coumarin compounds.
Particularly preferred examples include synnamate compounds.
 配向層の厚さは特に制限されないが、支持体に存在しうる表面凹凸を緩和して均一な膜厚の光学異方性層を形成するという点から、0.01~10μmが好ましく、0.01~1μmがより好ましく、0.01~0.5μmがさらに好ましい。 The thickness of the oriented layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01 to 10 μm from the viewpoint of alleviating the surface irregularities that may exist on the support and forming an optically anisotropic layer having a uniform film thickness. 01 to 1 μm is more preferable, and 0.01 to 0.5 μm is even more preferable.
 〔トラップ層〕
 本発明の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置は、アンモニアをトラップする目的で、カルボン酸基を有する化合物を含む塩基トラップ層を有していてもよい。
 カルボン酸基を有する化合物を粘着層およびバリア層あるいはポジティブCプレートなどの層に含有させて塩基トラップ層とすることも可能である。
[Trap layer]
The organic electroluminescence display device of the present invention may have a base trap layer containing a compound having a carboxylic acid group for the purpose of trapping ammonia.
It is also possible to include a compound having a carboxylic acid group in a layer such as an adhesive layer and a barrier layer or a positive C plate to form a base trap layer.
 〔偏光子保護フィルム〕
 本発明の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置は、偏光子の表面上に、偏光子保護フィルムを有していてもよい。
 偏光子保護フィルムは、偏光子の片面上(光学異方性層側とは反対側の表面上)にのみ配置されていてもよいし、偏光子の両面上に配置されていてもよい。偏光子保護フィルムの構成は特に制限されず、例えば、いわゆる透明支持体またはハードコート層であっても、透明支持体とハードコート層との積層体であってもよい。偏光子保護フィルムの視認側は、後述する表面保護層と併用できる。
 また、透明支持体としては、公知の透明支持体を使用でき、例えば、透明支持体を形成する材料としては、トリアセチルセルロースに代表される、セルロース系ポリマー(以下、「セルロースアシレート」という。)、ノルボルネン系樹脂(日本ゼオン(株)製のゼオネックス、ゼオノア、JSR(株)製のアートン)、アクリル系樹脂、ポリエステル系樹脂、および、ポリスチレン系樹脂が挙げられる。アクリル系樹脂、熱可塑性ノルボルネン系樹脂およびポリスチレン系樹脂などの含水しにくい樹脂は、偏光板のトータル含水量を抑制するためには好ましく、特に、ノルボルネン系樹脂は好ましい。
 樹脂としては、25℃80%の平衡含水率で、2%以下が好ましく、0.5%以下がさらに好ましく、0.2%以下がより好ましい。
 偏光子保護フィルムの厚みは特に制限されないが、偏光板の厚みを薄くできる点から、40μm以下が好ましく、25μm以下がより好ましく、10μm以下がさらに好ましく、5μm以下が特に好ましい。下限は特に制限されないが、1μm以上の場合が多い。
[Polarizer protective film]
The organic electroluminescence display device of the present invention may have a polarizer protective film on the surface of the polarizer.
The polarizer protective film may be arranged only on one side of the polarizer (on the surface opposite to the optically anisotropic layer side), or may be arranged on both sides of the polarizer. The structure of the polarizer protective film is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, a so-called transparent support or a hard coat layer, or a laminate of a transparent support and a hard coat layer. The visible side of the polarizer protective film can be used in combination with the surface protective layer described later.
A known transparent support can be used as the transparent support. For example, the material for forming the transparent support is a cellulosic polymer represented by triacetyl cellulose (hereinafter, referred to as "cellulose acylate". ), Norbornen-based resin (Zeonex and Zeonoa manufactured by Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd., Arton manufactured by JSR Co., Ltd.), acrylic resin, polyester resin, and polystyrene resin. Resins that are difficult to contain water, such as acrylic resins, thermoplastic norbornene-based resins, and polystyrene-based resins, are preferable for suppressing the total water content of the polarizing plate, and norbornene-based resins are particularly preferable.
The resin has an equilibrium water content of 80% at 25 ° C., preferably 2% or less, more preferably 0.5% or less, and even more preferably 0.2% or less.
The thickness of the polarizer protective film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 40 μm or less, more preferably 25 μm or less, further preferably 10 μm or less, and particularly preferably 5 μm or less, from the viewpoint that the thickness of the polarizing plate can be reduced. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is often 1 μm or more.
 各層の間の密着性担保のために、各層の間に粘着層または接着層を配置してもよい。さらに、各層の間に透明支持体を配置してもよい。
 偏光板は、上述した特定液晶化合物を含む重合性液晶組成物を用いて形成される光学異方性層以外の他の光学異方性層を有していてもよい。
 他の光学異方性層は、Aプレートであっても、Cプレートであってもよい。
An adhesive layer or an adhesive layer may be arranged between the layers to ensure the adhesion between the layers. Further, a transparent support may be arranged between the layers.
The polarizing plate may have an optically anisotropic layer other than the optically anisotropic layer formed by using the polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing the above-mentioned specific liquid crystal compound.
The other optically anisotropic layer may be an A plate or a C plate.
 偏光板の含水量は特に制限されないが、5.0g/m以下が好ましく、3.0g/m以下がより好ましく、1.5g/m以下がさらに好ましく、0.8g/m以下が特に好ましい。 The water content of the polarizing plate is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5.0 g / m 2 or less, more preferably 3.0 g / m 2 or less, further preferably 1.5 g / m 2 or less, and 0.8 g / m 2 or less. Is particularly preferable.
 〔表面保護層〕
 本発明の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置の好ましい態様の1つとしては、円偏光板の視認側、すなわち表示装置の一部として用いた場合の最も視認側に、表面保護層を有することが好ましい。ここで、表面保護層は、ポリイミドやセルロースアシレート等のポリマーフィルムからなる支持体、表面硬化層、空気界面で生じる表面反射を抑制した低反射層などから選ばれる、1層もしくは複数の層を含む。ハードコート層としては、公知の層を使用でき、例えば、多官能モノマーを重合硬化して得られる層であってもよい。
[Surface protective layer]
As one of the preferred embodiments of the organic electroluminescence display device of the present invention, it is preferable to have a surface protective layer on the visible side of the circularly polarizing plate, that is, on the most visible side when used as a part of the display device. Here, the surface protective layer is one or a plurality of layers selected from a support made of a polymer film such as polyimide or cellulose acylate, a surface hardening layer, and a low reflection layer that suppresses surface reflection generated at the air interface. Including. As the hard coat layer, a known layer can be used, and for example, a layer obtained by polymerizing and curing a polyfunctional monomer may be used.
 上記表面保護層の透湿度は、本発明の効果がより顕著に現れることから、1g/m・day以上が好ましく、1g/m・day超が好ましく、2~500g/m・dayがより好ましい。 The moisture permeability of the surface protective layer is preferably 1 g / m 2 · day or more, preferably more than 1 g / m 2 · day, and 2 to 500 g / m 2 · day because the effect of the present invention appears more remarkably. More preferred.
 〔タッチセンサー〕
 タッチセンサーは、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子をバリアする窒化ケイ素層に直接メタルメッシュ電極を形成するオンセルタイプと、フィルム上に電極を形成したフイルムセンサーを外付けするアウトセルタイプがあり、どちらでも選べるが、薄層化の観点および本発明の効果が顕著に発現することから、オンセルタイプが好ましい。
〔Touch sensor〕
There are two types of touch sensors: an on-cell type in which a metal mesh electrode is formed directly on the silicon nitride layer that barriers the organic electroluminescence element, and an out-cell type in which a film sensor with electrodes formed on a film is externally attached. , The on-cell type is preferable from the viewpoint of thinning and the effect of the present invention is remarkably exhibited.
 〔接着剤層〕
 本発明の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置は、接着剤層を有していてもよい。
 接着剤としては、貼り合わせた後の乾燥や反応により接着性を発現するものであれば特に限定されない。
 ポリビニルアルコール系接着剤(PVA系接着剤)は、乾燥により接着性が発現し、材料どうしを接着することが可能となる。
 反応により接着性を発現する硬化型接着剤の具体例としては、(メタ)アクリレート系接着剤のような活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤やカチオン重合硬化型接着剤が挙げられる。(メタ)アクリレート系接着剤における硬化性成分としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する化合物、ビニル基を有する化合物が挙げられる。
 また、カチオン重合硬化型接着剤としては、エポキシ基やオキセタニル基を有する化合物も使用することができる。エポキシ基を有する化合物は、分子内に少なくとも2個のエポキシ基を有するものであれば特に限定されず、一般に知られている各種の硬化性エポキシ化合物を用いることができる。好ましいエポキシ化合物として、分子内に少なくとも2個のエポキシ基と少なくとも1個の芳香環を有する化合物(芳香族系エポキシ化合物)や、分子内に少なくとも2個のエポキシ基を有し、そのうちの少なくとも1個は脂環式環を構成する隣り合う2個の炭素原子との間で形成されている化合物(脂環式エポキシ化合物)等が例として挙げられる。
[Adhesive layer]
The organic electroluminescence display device of the present invention may have an adhesive layer.
The adhesive is not particularly limited as long as it exhibits adhesiveness by drying or reaction after bonding.
The polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive (PVA-based adhesive) develops adhesiveness when dried, and makes it possible to bond the materials together.
Specific examples of the curable adhesive that develops adhesiveness by reaction include an active energy ray-curable adhesive such as a (meth) acrylate-based adhesive and a cationic polymerization curable adhesive. Examples of the curable component in the (meth) acrylate-based adhesive include a compound having a (meth) acryloyl group and a compound having a vinyl group.
Further, as the cationic polymerization curable adhesive, a compound having an epoxy group or an oxetanyl group can also be used. The compound having an epoxy group is not particularly limited as long as it has at least two epoxy groups in the molecule, and various generally known curable epoxy compounds can be used. Preferred epoxy compounds include compounds having at least two epoxy groups and at least one aromatic ring in the molecule (aromatic epoxy compounds) and at least one of them having at least two epoxy groups in the molecule. Examples thereof include a compound (alicyclic epoxy compound) formed between two adjacent carbon atoms constituting an alicyclic ring.
 〔機能層〕
 光学異方性層よりも視認側に、短波光を低減する機能を有する機能層を有することが好ましい。短波光を低減することで、色素化合物の光分解を抑制し、耐光性に優れた有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置が提供できる。
 一態様としては、前述の粘着層、支持体および偏光子保護フィルムなどが、短波光を低減する機能を有することが好ましい。
 また別の一態様として、光学異方性層よりも視認側に、新たに短波光を低減する機能を有する層を設けることも好ましい。
[Functional layer]
It is preferable to have a functional layer having a function of reducing short wave light on the visual side of the optically anisotropic layer. By reducing short-wave light, it is possible to provide an organic electroluminescence display device which suppresses photodecomposition of a dye compound and has excellent light resistance.
In one aspect, it is preferable that the above-mentioned adhesive layer, support, polarizer protective film and the like have a function of reducing short wave light.
As another aspect, it is also preferable to newly provide a layer having a function of reducing short wave light on the visual side of the optically anisotropic layer.
 短波光を低減する方法は特に限定されず、吸収剤等による光吸収を用いる方法、および多層膜による波長選択反射を用いる方法が例示される。 The method for reducing shortwave light is not particularly limited, and a method using light absorption by an absorber or the like and a method using wavelength selective reflection by a multilayer film are exemplified.
 前述の短波光とは430nm以下の波長の光を指す。430nm以下の波長の光を低減することで、太陽光もしくはJIS B 7751およびJIS B 7754の耐光性試験にて使用される光源光による液晶化合物の光分解を抑制できる。
 また可視光における偏光子の性能に影響を与えないために、450nm以上波長域では透明であることが好ましい。
 透過率として、波長350~390nmの範囲で0.1%以下、410nmにおいて20~70%、450nm以上の範囲で90%以上とするのが好ましい。
波長410nmにおける透過率は40~50%であることが更に好ましい。
The above-mentioned shortwave light refers to light having a wavelength of 430 nm or less. By reducing the light having a wavelength of 430 nm or less, it is possible to suppress the photodecomposition of the liquid crystal compound by sunlight or the light source light used in the light resistance test of JIS B 7751 and JIS B 7754.
Further, it is preferable to be transparent in the wavelength range of 450 nm or more so as not to affect the performance of the polarizer in visible light.
The transmittance is preferably 0.1% or less in the wavelength range of 350 to 390 nm, 20 to 70% in the range of 410 nm, and 90% or more in the range of 450 nm or more.
The transmittance at a wavelength of 410 nm is more preferably 40 to 50%.
 短波光を吸収する化合物としては、特開2017-119700号公報やWO2018/123267号公報に記載のメロシアニン化合物が好ましく用いられる。
 また、従来公知の紫外線吸収剤を併用することも好ましい。例えば、オキシベンゾフェノン系紫外線吸収剤、ベンゾトリアゾール系紫外線吸収剤、サリチル酸エステル系紫外線吸収剤、ベンゾフェノン系紫外線吸収剤、シアノアクリレート系紫外線吸収剤、トリアジン系紫外線吸収剤等の有機系紫外線吸収剤が挙げられる。
As the compound that absorbs shortwave light, the merocyanine compound described in JP-A-2017-119700 and WO2018 / 123267 is preferably used.
It is also preferable to use a conventionally known ultraviolet absorber in combination. Examples include organic UV absorbers such as oxybenzophenone UV absorbers, benzotriazole UV absorbers, salicylate ester UV absorbers, benzophenone UV absorbers, cyanoacrylate UV absorbers, and triazine UV absorbers. Be done.
 〔層構成〕
 本発明の効果が顕著に現れることから、円偏光板と窒化ケイ素層との間に存在する層の透湿度が100g/m・day以上であることが好ましい。言い換えると、円偏光板と窒化ケイ素層との間に、透湿度が100g/m・day未満となる層を有していないことが好ましい。
 また、本発明においては、薄層化の観点から、円偏光板と窒化ケイ素層との間に存在する層の厚みが35μm以下であることが必要であり、1~30μmであることが好ましい。
〔Layer structure〕
Since the effect of the present invention is remarkably exhibited, it is preferable that the moisture permeability of the layer existing between the circularly polarizing plate and the silicon nitride layer is 100 g / m 2 · day or more. In other words, it is preferable not to have a layer having a moisture permeability of less than 100 g / m 2 · day between the circularly polarizing plate and the silicon nitride layer.
Further, in the present invention, from the viewpoint of thinning, the thickness of the layer existing between the circularly polarizing plate and the silicon nitride layer needs to be 35 μm or less, and preferably 1 to 30 μm.
 以下に実施例に基づいて本発明をさらに詳細に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、および、処理手順などは、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り適宜変更できる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す実施例により限定的に解釈されるべきものではない。 The present invention will be described in more detail below based on examples. The materials, amounts used, ratios, treatment contents, treatment procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed as long as they do not deviate from the gist of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention should not be construed as limiting by the examples shown below.
 <表面保護層H1の作成>
(ポリイミド粉末の製造)
 攪拌器、窒素注入装置、滴下漏斗、温度調節器及び冷却器を取り付けた1Lの反応器に、窒素気流下、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド(DMAc)832gを加えた後、反応器の温度を25℃にした。ここに、ビストリフルオロメチルベンジジン(TFDB)64.046g(0.2mol)を加えて溶解した。得られた溶液を25℃に維持しながら、2,2-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン二無水物(6FDA)31.09g(0.07mol)とビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物(BPDA)8.83g(0.03mol)を投入し、一定時間撹拌して反応させた。その後、塩化テレフタロイル(TPC)20.302g(0.1mol)を添加して、固形分濃度13質量%のポリアミック酸溶液を得た。次いで、このポリアミック酸溶液にピリジン25.6g、無水酢酸33.1gを投入して30分撹拌し、さらに70℃で1時間撹拌した後、常温に冷却した。ここにメタノール20Lを加え、沈澱した固形分を濾過して粉砕した。その後、100℃下、真空で6時間乾燥させて、111gのポリイミド粉末を得た。
<Creation of surface protective layer H1>
(Manufacturing of polyimide powder)
After adding 832 g of N, N-dimethylacetamide (DMAc) to a 1 L reactor equipped with a stirrer, a nitrogen injection device, a dropping funnel, a temperature controller and a cooler under a nitrogen stream, the temperature of the reactor was changed to 25. It was set to ℃. To this, 64.046 g (0.2 mol) of bistrifluoromethylbenzidine (TFDB) was added and dissolved. While maintaining the obtained solution at 25 ° C., 31.09 g (0.07 mol) of 2,2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane dianhydride (6FDA) and biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride were added. 8.83 g (0.03 mol) of a substance (BPDA) was added, and the mixture was stirred for a certain period of time to react. Then, 20.302 g (0.1 mol) of terephthaloyl chloride (TPC) was added to obtain a polyamic acid solution having a solid content concentration of 13% by mass. Next, 25.6 g of pyridine and 33.1 g of acetic anhydride were added to this polyamic acid solution and stirred for 30 minutes, further stirred at 70 ° C. for 1 hour, and then cooled to room temperature. 20 L of methanol was added thereto, and the precipitated solid content was filtered and pulverized. Then, it was dried in a vacuum at 100 degreeC for 6 hours to obtain 111 g of polyimide powder.
(支持体S1の作製)
 100gのポリイミド粉末を670gのN,N-ジメチルアセトアミド(DMAc)に溶かして13質量%の溶液を得た。得られた溶液をステンレス板に流延し、130℃の熱風で30分乾燥させた。その後フィルムをステンレス板から剥離して、フレームにピンで固定し、フィルムが固定されたフレームを真空オーブンに入れ、100℃から300℃まで加熱温度を徐々に上げながら2時間加熱し、その後、徐々に冷却した。冷却後のフィルムをフレームから分離した後、最終熱処理工程として、さらに300℃で30分間熱処理して、ポリイミドフィルムからなる、厚み30μmの支持体S1を得た。
(Preparation of support S1)
100 g of polyimide powder was dissolved in 670 g of N, N-dimethylacetamide (DMAc) to obtain a 13 mass% solution. The obtained solution was cast on a stainless steel plate and dried with hot air at 130 ° C. for 30 minutes. After that, the film is peeled off from the stainless steel plate, fixed to the frame with a pin, the frame to which the film is fixed is placed in a vacuum oven, heated for 2 hours while gradually increasing the heating temperature from 100 ° C to 300 ° C, and then gradually. Cooled to. After separating the cooled film from the frame, as a final heat treatment step, the film was further heat-treated at 300 ° C. for 30 minutes to obtain a support S1 having a thickness of 30 μm and made of a polyimide film.
 <重合性を有するポリオルガノシルセスキオキサンの合成>
(化合物(A)の合成)
 温度計、攪拌装置、還流冷却器、及び窒素導入管を取り付けた1000ミリリットルのフラスコ(反応容器)に、窒素気流下で2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシラン297ミリモル(73.2g)およびメチルトリメトキシシラン3ミリモル(409mg)、トリエチルアミン7.39g、及びMIBK(メチルイソブチルケトン)370gを混合し、純水73.9gを、滴下ロートを使用して30分かけて滴下した。この反応液を80℃に加熱し、重縮合反応を窒素気流下で10時間行った。
 その後、反応溶液を冷却し、5質量%食塩水300gを添加し、有機層を抽出した。有機層を5質量%食塩水300g、純水300gで2回、順次洗浄した後、1mmHg、50℃の条件で濃縮し、固形分濃度59.8質量%のMIBK溶液として無色透明の液状の生成物{脂環式エポキシ基を有するポリオルガノシルセスキオキサンである化合物(A)(下記(1)中のRb:2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチル基、Rc:メチル基、q=99、r=1である化合物)を固形分濃度として59.0質量%含有するメチルイソブチルケトン(MIBK)溶液を得た。
<Synthesis of polymerizable polyorganosylsesquioxane>
(Synthesis of compound (A))
2- (3,4-Epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane 297 mmol (73.) in a 1000 ml flask (reaction vessel) equipped with a thermometer, stirrer, reflux condenser, and nitrogen introduction tube under a nitrogen stream. 2 g), 3 mmol (409 mg) of methyltrimethoxysilane, 7.39 g of triethylamine, and 370 g of MIBK (methylisobutylketone) were mixed, and 73.9 g of pure water was added dropwise over 30 minutes using a dropping funnel. This reaction solution was heated to 80 ° C., and the polycondensation reaction was carried out under a nitrogen stream for 10 hours.
Then, the reaction solution was cooled, 300 g of 5 mass% saline was added, and the organic layer was extracted. The organic layer was washed twice with 300 g of 5 mass% saline and 300 g of pure water, and then concentrated under the conditions of 1 mmHg and 50 ° C. to form a colorless and transparent liquid as a MIBK solution having a solid content concentration of 59.8 mass%. Object {Compound (A) which is a polyorganosyl sesquioxane having an alicyclic epoxy group (Rb: 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyl group, Rc: methyl group, q = in the following (1)) A methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK) solution containing 59.0% by mass as a solid content concentration (99, a compound having r = 1) was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
 得られた化合物(A)の数平均分子量(Mn)は2310、分散度(Mw/Mn)は2.1であった。
 なお、1mmHgは約133.322Paである。
The obtained compound (A) had a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 2310 and a dispersity (Mw / Mn) of 2.1.
In addition, 1 mmHg is about 133.322 Pa.
(重合体(1-1)の合成)
 攪拌機、温度計、還流冷却管、及び窒素ガス導入管を備えた200ミリリットル三口フラスコに、t-アミルアルコール25.0gを仕込んで、120℃まで昇温した。次いで、2-(パーフルオロヘキシル)エチルアクリレート{モノマー(K2)に相当}3.25g(7.8ミリモル)、下記構造を有する化合物(I-1){モノマー(K1)に相当}2.26g(4.7ミリモル)、シクロヘキサノン25.0g及び「V-601」(和光純薬(株)製)4.7gからなる混合溶液を120分で滴下が完了するように等速で滴下した。滴下完了後、さらに3.5時間攪拌を続け、重合体(1-1)5.5g(固形分換算値)を得た。この重合体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は1,1001,600であった。
(Synthesis of polymer (1-1))
25.0 g of t-amyl alcohol was charged into a 200 ml three-necked flask equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a reflux condenser, and a nitrogen gas introduction tube, and the temperature was raised to 120 ° C. Next, 2- (perfluorohexyl) ethyl acrylate {corresponding to monomer (K2)} 3.25 g (7.8 mmol), compound (I-1) having the following structure {corresponding to monomer (K1)} 2.26 g A mixed solution consisting of (4.7 mmol), 25.0 g of cyclohexanone and 4.7 g of "V-601" (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was added dropwise at a constant velocity so that the addition was completed in 120 minutes. After the dropping was completed, stirring was continued for another 3.5 hours to obtain 5.5 g (solid content conversion value) of the polymer (1-1). The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of this polymer was 1,1001,600.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
 <ハードコート層形成用組成物の調製>
(ハードコート層形成用組成物HC-1)
 上記化合物(A)を含有するMIBK溶液に、CPI-100P、重合体(1-1)及びMIBK(メチルイソブチルケトン)を添加し、各含有成分の濃度が下記の濃度となるように調整し、ミキシングタンクに投入、攪拌した。得られた組成物を孔径0.4μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターで濾過し、ハードコート層形成用組成物HC-1とした。
<Preparation of composition for forming hard coat layer>
(Composition for forming a hard coat layer HC-1)
CPI-100P, the polymer (1-1) and MIBK (methyl isobutyl ketone) are added to the MIBK solution containing the compound (A), and the concentration of each component is adjusted to the following concentration. It was put into a mixing tank and stirred. The obtained composition was filtered through a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 0.4 μm to obtain a hard coat layer forming composition HC-1.
 化合物(A)         98.6質量部
 CPI-100P        1.3質量部
 重合体(1-1)        0.1質量部
 メチルイソブチルケトン   100.0質量部
Compound (A) 98.6 parts by mass CPI-100P 1.3 parts by mass Polymer (1-1) 0.1 parts by mass Methyl isobutyl ketone 100.0 parts by mass
 なお、ハードコート層形成用組成物中に用いた化合物は以下のとおりである。
 CPI-100P:カチオン光重合開始剤、サンアプロ(株)製
The compounds used in the composition for forming the hard coat layer are as follows.
CPI-100P: Cationic Photopolymerization Initiator, manufactured by Sun Appro Co., Ltd.
 <混合層形成用組成物の調製>
(混合層形成用組成物M-1)
 上記化合物(A)を含有するMIBK溶液をMEK(メチルエチルケトン)溶液に溶剤置換し、DPHA、CPI-100P、イルガキュア127、レベリング剤-1及びMEKを添加し、各含有成分の濃度が下記の濃度となるように調整し、ミキシングタンクに投入、攪拌した。得られた組成物を孔径0.4μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターで濾過し、混合層形成用組成物M-1とした。混合層形成用組成物M-1中、化合物(A)とDPHAの混合比は、化合物(A)/DPHA=50質量%/50質量%である。
<Preparation of composition for forming mixed layer>
(Composition for forming a mixed layer M-1)
The MIBK solution containing the compound (A) was replaced with a MEK (methyl ethyl ketone) solution, and DPHA, CPI-100P, Irgacure 127, leveling agent-1 and MEK were added, and the concentration of each component was as follows. The mixture was adjusted so as to be, put into a mixing tank, and stirred. The obtained composition was filtered through a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 0.4 μm to obtain a mixed layer forming composition M-1. The mixing ratio of the compound (A) and DPHA in the mixed layer forming composition M-1 is compound (A) / DPHA = 50% by mass / 50% by mass.
 化合物(A)        42.85質量部
 DPHA          42.85質量部
 CPI-100P        1.3質量部
 イルガキュア127       5.0質量部
 レベリング剤-1        8.0質量部
 メチルエチルケトン     500.0質量部
Compound (A) 42.85 parts by mass DPHA 42.85 parts by mass CPI-100P 1.3 parts by mass Irgacure 127 5.0 parts by mass Leveling agent-1 8.0 parts by mass Methyl ethyl ketone 500.0 parts by mass
 なお、混合層形成用組成物中に用いた化合物は以下のとおりである。
 DPHA:ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレートとジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレートの混合物、日本化薬(株)製
 イルガキュア127:ラジカル光重合開始剤、BASF社製
 レベリング剤-1:下記構造のポリマー(Mw=20000、下記繰り返し単位の組成比は質量比)
The compounds used in the mixed layer forming composition are as follows.
DPHA: Mixture of dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate and dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, Irgacure 127: Radical photopolymerization initiator, BASF leveling agent-1: Polymer with the following structure (Mw = 20000, below The composition ratio of the repeating unit is the mass ratio)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 <耐擦傷層形成用組成物の調製>
(耐擦傷層形成用組成物SR-1)
 下記に記載の組成で各成分をミキシングタンクに投入、攪拌し、孔径0.4μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターで濾過して耐擦傷層形成用組成物SR-1とした。
<Preparation of composition for forming scratch resistant layer>
(Composition SR-1 for forming a scratch-resistant layer)
Each component was charged into a mixing tank with the composition described below, stirred, and filtered through a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 0.4 μm to obtain a scratch-resistant layer forming composition SR-1.
 DPHA           96.2質量部
 イルガキュア127       2.8質量部
 RS-90           1.0質量部
 メチルエチルケトン     300.0質量部
DPHA 96.2 parts by mass Irgacure 127 2.8 parts by mass RS-90 1.0 parts by mass Methyl ethyl ketone 300.0 parts by mass
 なお、耐擦傷層形成用組成物中に用いた化合物は以下のとおりである。
 RS-90:滑り剤、DIC(株)製
The compounds used in the scratch-resistant layer forming composition are as follows.
RS-90: Slipper, manufactured by DIC Corporation
 (表面保護層H1の作製)
 基材S-1上にハードコート層形成用組成物HC-1をダイコーターを用いて塗布した。120℃で1分間乾燥した後、25℃の条件にて空冷水銀ランプを用いて、照度18mW/cm、照射量10mJ/cmの紫外線を照射してハードコート層を半硬化させた。この層の屈折率は、1.53であった。
 混合層形成用組成物M-1にMEKを添加して固形分濃度を1/10に希釈した混合層形成用組成物を準備し半硬化させたハードコート層上にダイコーターを用いて塗布した。120℃で1分間乾燥した後、25℃、酸素濃度1%の条件にて空冷水銀ランプを用いて、照度18mW/cm、照射量10mJ/cmの紫外線を照射して混合層を半硬化させ、ハードコート層上に混合層を設けた。
 半硬化させた混合層上に、耐擦傷層形成用組成物SR-1をダイコーターを用いて塗布した。120℃で1分間乾燥した後、25℃、酸素濃度100ppmの条件にて空冷水銀ランプを用いて、照度60mW/cm、照射量800mJ/cmの紫外線を照射した後、さらに80℃、酸素濃度100ppmの条件にて空冷水銀ランプを用いて、で照度60mW/cm、照射量800mJ/cmの紫外線を照射することでハードコート層、混合層、耐擦傷層を完全硬化させた。その後得られたフィルムを120℃1時間熱処理することで、厚さ11.0μmのハードコート層上に、厚さ0.1μmの混合層、厚さ1.0μmの耐擦傷層を有する表面保護層H1を得た。表面保護層H1の透湿度は、1g/m・day超であった。
(Preparation of surface protective layer H1)
The composition for forming a hard coat layer HC-1 was applied onto the base material S-1 using a die coater. After drying at 120 ° C. for 1 minute, the hard coat layer was semi-cured by irradiating ultraviolet rays with an illuminance of 18 mW / cm 2 and an irradiation amount of 10 mJ / cm 2 using an air-cooled mercury lamp at 25 ° C. The refractive index of this layer was 1.53.
A mixed layer forming composition prepared by adding MEK to the mixed layer forming composition M-1 and diluting the solid content concentration to 1/10 was prepared and applied on a semi-cured hard coat layer using a die coater. .. After drying at 120 ° C. for 1 minute, the mixed layer is semi-cured by irradiating ultraviolet rays with an illuminance of 18 mW / cm 2 and an irradiation amount of 10 mJ / cm 2 using an air-cooled mercury lamp at 25 ° C. and an oxygen concentration of 1%. Then, a mixed layer was provided on the hard coat layer.
The scratch-resistant layer forming composition SR-1 was applied onto the semi-cured mixed layer using a die coater. After drying at 120 ° C. for 1 minute, it is irradiated with ultraviolet rays having an illuminance of 60 mW / cm 2 and an irradiation amount of 800 mJ / cm 2 using an air-cooled mercury lamp under the conditions of 25 ° C. and an oxygen concentration of 100 ppm, and then further 80 ° C. and oxygen. The hard coat layer, the mixed layer, and the scratch-resistant layer were completely cured by irradiating ultraviolet rays with an illuminance of 60 mW / cm 2 and an irradiation amount of 800 mJ / cm 2 using an air-cooled mercury lamp at a concentration of 100 ppm. The obtained film is then heat-treated at 120 ° C. for 1 hour to provide a surface protective layer having a 0.1 μm-thick mixed layer and a 1.0 μm-thick scratch-resistant layer on a 11.0 μm-thick hard coat layer. I got H1. Moisture permeability of the surface protective layer H1 is was 1g / m 2 · day than.
 <PVA接着剤の調製>
 アセトアセチル基を含有するポリビニルアルコール系樹脂(平均重合度:1200,ケン化度:98.5モル%,アセトアセチル化度:5モル%)100部に対し、メチロールメラミン20部を、30℃の温度条件下に、純水に溶解し、固形分濃度3.7%に調整した水溶液を調製した。
<Preparation of PVA adhesive>
20 parts of methylol melamine at 30 ° C. with respect to 100 parts of a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin containing an acetoacetyl group (average degree of polymerization: 1200, saponification degree: 98.5 mol%, acetoacetylation degree: 5 mol%). An aqueous solution was prepared by dissolving it in pure water under temperature conditions and adjusting the solid content concentration to 3.7%.
 <粘着層N1およびN2の作製>
 次に、以下の手順に従い、アクリレート系ポリマーを調製した。
 冷却管、窒素導入管、温度計及び撹拌装置を備えた反応容器に、アクリル酸ブチル95重量部、アクリル酸5重量部を溶液重合法により重合させて、平均分子量200万、分子量分布(Mw/Mn)3.0のアクリレート系重合体A1を得た。
<Preparation of adhesive layers N1 and N2>
Next, an acrylate-based polymer was prepared according to the following procedure.
95 parts by weight of butyl acrylate and 5 parts by weight of acrylic acid are polymerized by a solution polymerization method in a reaction vessel equipped with a cooling tube, a nitrogen introduction tube, a thermometer and a stirrer to achieve an average molecular weight of 2 million and a molecular weight distribution (Mw /). An acrylate-based polymer A1 of Mn) 3.0 was obtained.
 次に得られたアクリレート系ポリマーA1を用いて、下記表3に示す組成で、アクリレート系粘着剤を調製した。
 これらの組成物を、シリコーン系剥離剤で表面処理したセパレートフィルムにダイコーターを用いて塗布し、90℃の環境下で1分間乾燥させ、紫外線(UV)を下記条件で照射して、粘着層N1およびN2を得た。アクリレート系粘着剤の組成と膜厚および貯蔵弾性率を下記表3に示す。
 (UV照射条件(N1のみ照射))
 ・フュージョン社無電極ランプ Hバルブ
 ・照度600mW/cm、光量150mJ/cm
 ・UV照度・光量は、アイグラフィックス製「UVPF-36」を用いて測定した。
Next, using the obtained acrylate-based polymer A1, an acrylate-based pressure-sensitive adhesive was prepared with the compositions shown in Table 3 below.
These compositions are applied to a separate film surface-treated with a silicone-based release agent using a die coater, dried in an environment of 90 ° C. for 1 minute, and irradiated with ultraviolet rays (UV) under the following conditions to obtain an adhesive layer. N1 and N2 were obtained. The composition, film thickness, and storage elastic modulus of the acrylate-based pressure-sensitive adhesive are shown in Table 3 below.
(UV irradiation conditions (irradiation only for N1))
Fusion Co. electrodeless lamp H Valve illuminance 600 mW / cm 2, light quantity 150 mJ / cm 2
-UV illuminance and light intensity were measured using "UVPF-36" manufactured by Eye Graphics.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000051
(A)多官能アクリレート系モノマー:トリス(アクリロイロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、分子量=423、3官能型(東亜合成社製、商品名「アロニックスM-315」)(B)光重合開始剤:ベンゾフェノンと1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトンとの質量比1:1の混合物、チバ・スペシャルティ・ケミカルズ社製「イルガキュア500」
(C)イソシアネート系架橋剤:トリメチロールプロパン変性トリレンジイソシアネート
(日本ポリウレタン社製「コロネートL」)
(D)シランカップリング剤:3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製「KBM-403」)
(A) Polyfunctional acrylate-based monomer: Tris (acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanurate, molecular weight = 423, trifunctional type (manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd., trade name "Aronix M-315") (B) Photopolymerization initiator: Benzophenone A mixture of 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone and 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone in a mass ratio of 1: 1, "Irgacure 500" manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals, Inc.
(C) Isocyanate-based cross-linking agent: Trimethylolpropane-modified tolylene diisocyanate (“Coronate L” manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd.)
(D) Silane coupling agent: 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane ("KBM-403" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
 〔表面保護層H1付き偏光子1の作製〕
 セルローストリアセテートフィルムTJ25(富士フイルム製:厚み25μm)の支持体表面をアルカリ鹸化処理した。具体的には、55℃の1.5規定の水酸化ナトリウム水溶液に支持体を2分間浸漬した後、支持体を室温の水洗浴槽中で洗浄し、さらに30℃の0.1規定の硫酸を用いて中和した。中和した後、支持体を室温の水洗浴槽中で洗浄し、さらに100℃の温風で乾燥して、偏光子保護フィルム1を得た。
 厚みが75μm、重合度2400、けん化度99%以上のポリビニルアルコール系フィルム(クラレ社製VF-XS)を40℃の温水で膨潤させた後、ヨウ素、ヨウ化カリウムおよびホウ酸を含有した水溶液で染色を行った。染色されたフィルムを、ホウ酸3重量%含有している溶液中で延伸し、延伸後、ヨウ化カリウムを5重量%含有する水溶液に浸漬した。ヨウ化カリウム水溶液に15秒浸漬したフィルムを、70℃の乾燥機にて10分間乾燥し、厚さ15μmの偏光子1を得た。
 上記偏光子1の片方の面に、上記PVA接着剤を用いて、上記偏光子保護フィルム1を貼り合わせて、片面保護フィルム付き偏光子1を作製した。
 さらに、上記粘着層N1を用いて、片面保護フィルム付き偏光子1の保護フィルム1側と表面保護層H1の支持体S1側を貼り合わせて、表面保護層H1付き偏光子1を作製した。
[Preparation of Polarizer 1 with Surface Protective Layer H1]
The surface of the support of the cellulose triacetate film TJ25 (manufactured by Fujifilm: thickness 25 μm) was subjected to alkali saponification treatment. Specifically, after immersing the support in a 1.5-standard sodium hydroxide aqueous solution at 55 ° C. for 2 minutes, the support is washed in a water-washing bath at room temperature, and then 0.1-standard sulfuric acid at 30 ° C. is added. Neutralized using. After neutralization, the support was washed in a water washing bath at room temperature and further dried with warm air at 100 ° C. to obtain a polarizer protective film 1.
A polyvinyl alcohol-based film (VF-XS manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 75 μm, a degree of polymerization of 2400, and a saponification degree of 99% or more is swollen with warm water at 40 ° C. Staining was performed. The dyed film was stretched in a solution containing 3% by weight of boric acid, stretched, and then immersed in an aqueous solution containing 5% by weight of potassium iodide. The film immersed in the potassium iodide aqueous solution for 15 seconds was dried in a dryer at 70 ° C. for 10 minutes to obtain a polarizer 1 having a thickness of 15 μm.
The polarizer protective film 1 was attached to one surface of the polarizer 1 using the PVA adhesive to prepare a polarizer 1 with a single-sided protective film.
Further, using the adhesive layer N1, the protective film 1 side of the polarizing element 1 with a single-sided protective film and the support S1 side of the surface protective layer H1 were bonded to each other to prepare a polarizing element 1 with a surface protective layer H1.
 〔二色性有機色素を用いたPVA偏光子2の作製〕
 ポリビニルアルコールフィルムを二色性有機色素により染色したポラテクノ社製の偏光板SHC-215Uを準備した。
 次いで、表面保護層H1の支持体S1側と偏光板SHC-215Uを、上記粘着層N1を用いて貼りつけ、表面保護層H1付き偏光子2を作製した。
[Preparation of PVA Polarizer 2 Using Dichroic Organic Dye]
A polarizing plate SHC-215U manufactured by Polatechno Co., Ltd., in which a polyvinyl alcohol film was dyed with a dichroic organic dye, was prepared.
Next, the support S1 side of the surface protective layer H1 and the polarizing plate SHC-215U were attached to each other using the adhesive layer N1 to prepare a polarizer 2 with the surface protective layer H1.
 〔二色性有機色素と重合性液晶化合物を用いた偏光子3の作製〕
 下記の組成にて、光配向層形成用組成物E1を調製し、攪拌しながら1時間溶解し、0.45μmフィルターでろ過した。
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
光配向層形成用組成物E1
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
・下記光活性化合物E-4               5.0質量部
・シクロペンタノン                 95.0質量部
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
[Preparation of Polarizer 3 using dichroic organic dye and polymerizable liquid crystal compound]
A composition for forming a photoalignment layer E1 was prepared with the following composition, dissolved for 1 hour with stirring, and filtered through a 0.45 μm filter.
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
Composition for forming a photo-aligned layer E1
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
・ The following photoactive compound E-4 5.0 parts by mass ・ Cyclopentanone 95.0 parts by mass ―――――――――――――――――――――――――――― ―――――
 光活性化合物E-4(重量平均分子量;51000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Photoactive compound E-4 (weight average molecular weight; 51000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
 下記の組成にて、光吸収異方性層形成用組成物P1を調製し、攪拌しながら80℃で2時間加熱溶解し、0.45μmフィルターでろ過した。ラジカル重合性基のモル含率は、1.98mmol/gである。
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
光吸収異方性層形成用組成物P1
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
・下記二色性色素D1                 2.6質量部
・下記二色性色素D2                 2.6質量部
・下記二色性色素D3                 2.2質量部
・下記液晶化合物M1               100.0質量部
・重合開始剤IRGACURE369(BASF社製)  5.0質量部
・BYK361N(ビックケミージャパン社製)     0.9質量部
・シクロペンタノン                925.0質量部
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
A composition P1 for forming a light absorption anisotropic layer was prepared with the following composition, dissolved by heating at 80 ° C. for 2 hours with stirring, and filtered through a 0.45 μm filter. The molar content of the radically polymerizable group is 1.98 mmol / g.
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
Composition for forming an anisotropic layer of light absorption P1
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
-The following dichroic dye D1 2.6 parts by mass-The following dichroic dye D2 2.6 parts by mass-The following dichroic dye D3 2.2 parts by mass-The following liquid crystal compound M1 100.0 parts by mass-polymerization initiator IRGACURE369 (manufactured by BASF) 5.0 parts by mass, BYK361N (manufactured by Big Chemie Japan) 0.9 parts by mass, cyclopentanone 925.0 parts by mass ―――――――――――――――― ―――――――――――――――――
 二色性色素D1
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Dichro dye D1
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
 二色性色素D2
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Dichroic pigment D2
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
 二色性色素D3
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Dichroic pigment D3
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
 液晶化合物M1(化合物A/化合物B=75/25で混合) Liquid crystal compound M1 (mixed with compound A / compound B = 75/25)
 (化合物A)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
(Compound A)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
 (化合物B)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
(Compound B)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
 <光吸収異方性層P1の形成>
 セルローストリアセテートフィルムTJ40(富士フイルム製:厚み40μm)上に、上記光配向層形成用組成物E1を塗布し、60℃で2分間乾燥した。その後、得られた塗膜に、偏光紫外線露光装置を用いて直線偏光紫外線(100mJ/cm)を照射し、光配向層E1を作製した。
 得られた光配向層E1上に、上記光吸収異方性層形成用組成物P1をワイヤーバーで塗布した。次に、得られた塗膜に対して120℃で60秒間加熱し、室温になるまで冷却した。
 その後、高圧水銀灯を用いて露光量2000mJ/cmの紫外線を照射することにより、厚み1.7μmの光吸収異方性層P1を形成した。
 なお、光吸収異方性層の液晶はスメクチックB相であることを、確認した。
<Formation of light absorption anisotropic layer P1>
The composition E1 for forming a photoalignment layer was applied onto a cellulose triacetate film TJ40 (manufactured by Fujifilm: thickness 40 μm) and dried at 60 ° C. for 2 minutes. Then, the obtained coating film was irradiated with linearly polarized ultraviolet rays (100 mJ / cm 2 ) using a polarized ultraviolet exposure apparatus to prepare a photoalignment layer E1.
The composition P1 for forming a light absorption anisotropic layer was applied onto the obtained photo-alignment layer E1 with a wire bar. Next, the obtained coating film was heated at 120 ° C. for 60 seconds and cooled to room temperature.
Then, the light absorption anisotropic layer P1 having a thickness of 1.7 μm was formed by irradiating with ultraviolet rays having an exposure amount of 2000 mJ / cm 2 using a high-pressure mercury lamp.
It was confirmed that the liquid crystal of the light absorption anisotropic layer was in the smectic B phase.
 <保護層B1の形成>
 形成した光吸収異方性層P1上に、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート(アロニックスM-403、東亞合成株式会社製)(50質量部)、アクリレート樹脂(エベクリル4858 ダイセルユーシービー株式会社製)(50質量部)、及び2-[4-(メチルチオ)ベンゾイル]-2-(4-モルホリニル)プロパン(IRGACURE907、BASF社製)(3質量部)をイソプロパノール(250質量部)に溶解することにより調製した溶液(保護層形成用組成物)をバーコート法により塗布し、50℃の乾燥オーブンで1分間加熱乾燥した。
 得られた塗膜に、紫外線(UV)照射装置(SPOT CURE SP-7、ウシオ電機株式会社製)を用いて、紫外線を、露光量400mJ/cm(365nm基準)で照射することにより、光吸収異方性層P1上に保護層B1(3μm)を形成し、光吸収異方性層P1を含む偏光フィルム3Bを作製した。
<Formation of protective layer B1>
Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (Aronix M-403, manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.) (50 parts by mass) and acrylate resin (Evecryl 4858, manufactured by Daicel UCB Co., Ltd.) (50 mass) on the formed light absorption anisotropic layer P1. Part) and 2- [4- (methylthio) benzoyl] -2- (4-morpholinyl) propane (IRGACURE907, manufactured by BASF) (3 parts by mass) dissolved in isopropanol (250 parts by mass). (Composition for forming a protective layer) was applied by a bar coating method, and heated and dried in a drying oven at 50 ° C. for 1 minute.
The obtained coating film is irradiated with ultraviolet rays at an exposure amount of 400 mJ / cm 2 (365 nm standard) using an ultraviolet (UV) irradiation device (SPOT CURE SP-7, manufactured by Ushio Denki Co., Ltd.). A protective layer B1 (3 μm) was formed on the absorption anisotropic layer P1 to prepare a polarizing film 3B containing the light absorption anisotropic layer P1.
 偏光フィルム3BのTJ40側と表面保護層H1の支持体S1側とを上記粘着シートN1を用いて貼りつけ、表面保護層H1付き偏光子3を作製した。 The TJ40 side of the polarizing film 3B and the support S1 side of the surface protective layer H1 were attached to each other using the adhesive sheet N1 to prepare a polarizer 3 with the surface protective layer H1.
 〔二色性有機色素と重合性液晶を用いた偏光子4の作製〕
 <光配向層PA1の形成>
 後述する配向層形成用塗布液PA1を、ワイヤーバーで連続的にセルローストリアセテートフィルムTJ40(富士フイルム製:厚み40μm)上に塗布した。塗膜が形成された支持体を140℃の温風で120秒間乾燥し、続いて、塗膜に対して偏光紫外線照射(10mJ/cm、超高圧水銀ランプ使用)することで、光配向層PA1を形成し、光配向層PA1付きTACフィルムを得た。
 光配向層PA1の膜厚は0.3μmであった。
[Preparation of Polarizer 4 using dichroic organic dye and polymerizable liquid crystal]
<Formation of photo-aligned layer PA1>
The coating liquid PA1 for forming an alignment layer, which will be described later, was continuously coated on a cellulose triacetate film TJ40 (manufactured by Fujifilm: thickness 40 μm) with a wire bar. The support on which the coating film was formed was dried with warm air at 140 ° C. for 120 seconds, and then the coating film was irradiated with polarized ultraviolet rays (10 mJ / cm 2 , using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp) to obtain a photoalignment layer. PA1 was formed to obtain a TAC film with a photoalignment layer PA1.
The film thickness of the photoalignment layer PA1 was 0.3 μm.
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
配向層形成用塗布液PA1
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
下記重合体PA-1               100.00質量部
下記酸発生剤PAG-1               5.00質量部
下記酸発生剤CPI-110TF          0.005質量部
キシレン                   1220.00質量部
メチルイソブチルケトン             122.00質量部
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
Coating liquid PA1 for forming an alignment layer
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
The following polymer PA-1 100.00 parts by mass The following acid generator PAG-1 5.00 parts by mass The following acid generator CPI-110TF 0.005 parts by mass Xylene 1220.00 parts by mass Methyl isobutyl ketone 122.00 parts by mass- ――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
 重合体PA-1
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Polymer PA-1
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
 酸発生剤PAG-1
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Acid generator PAG-1
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
 酸発生剤CPI-110F
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Acid generator CPI-110F
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
 <光吸収異方性層P2の形成>
 得られた光配向層PA1上に、下記の光吸収異方性層形成用組成物P2をワイヤーバーで連続的に塗布し、塗膜P2を形成した。
 次に、塗膜P2を140℃で30秒間加熱し、その後、塗膜P2を室温(23℃)になるまで冷却した。
 次に、得られた塗膜P2を90℃で60秒間加熱し、再び室温になるまで冷却した。
 その後、LED(light emitting diode)灯(中心波長365nm)を用いて照度200mW/cmの照射条件で2秒間照射することにより、光配向層PA1上に光吸収異方性層P2を作製した。ラジカル重合性基のモル含率は、1.17mmol/gである。
 光吸収異方性層P2の膜厚は1.5μmであった。
<Formation of light absorption anisotropic layer P2>
The following composition for forming a light absorption anisotropic layer P2 was continuously applied on the obtained photo-alignment layer PA1 with a wire bar to form a coating film P2.
Next, the coating film P2 was heated at 140 ° C. for 30 seconds, and then the coating film P2 was cooled to room temperature (23 ° C.).
Next, the obtained coating film P2 was heated at 90 ° C. for 60 seconds and cooled again to room temperature.
Then, a light absorption anisotropic layer P2 was produced on the light alignment layer PA1 by irradiating with an LED (light emitting diode) lamp (center wavelength 365 nm) for 2 seconds under an illuminance of 200 mW / cm 2. The molar content of the radically polymerizable group is 1.17 mmol / g.
The film thickness of the light absorption anisotropic layer P2 was 1.5 μm.
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
光吸収異方性層形成用組成物P2
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
・下記二色性色素D-4               0.25質量部
・下記二色性色素D-5               0.36質量部
・下記二色性色素D-6               0.59質量部
・下記高分子液晶化合物P-1            2.21質量部
・下記低分子液晶性化合物M-1           1.36質量部
・重合開始剤
 IRGACUREOXE-02(BASF社製)  0.150質量部
・下記界面活性剤F-1              0.026質量部
・シクロペンタノン                46.00質量部
・テトラヒドロフラン               46.00質量部
・ベンジルアルコール                3.00質量部
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
Composition for forming an anisotropic layer of light absorption P2
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
-The following bicolor dye D-4 0.25 parts by mass-The following bicolor dye D-5 0.36 parts by mass-The following bicolor dye D-6 0.59 parts by mass-The following polymer liquid crystal compound P- 1 2.21 parts by mass ・ The following low molecular weight liquid crystal compound M-1 1.36 parts by mass ・ Polymerization initiator IRGACUREOXE-02 (manufactured by BASF) 0.150 parts by mass ・ The following surfactant F-1 0.026 mass Parts ・ Cyclopentanone 46.00 parts by mass ・ tetrahydrofuran 46.00 parts by mass ・ benzyl alcohol 3.00 parts by mass ――――――――――――――――――――――――― ――――――――
 二色性色素D-4
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Dichro dye D-4
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
 二色性色素D-5
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Dichro dye D-5
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
 二色性色素D-6
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Dichro dye D-6
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
 高分子液晶化合物P-1
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Polymer liquid crystal compound P-1
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
 低分子液晶性化合物M-1
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Low molecular weight liquid crystal compound M-1
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
 界面活性剤F-1
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Surfactant F-1
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
 <硬化層K1の形成>
 得られた光吸収異方性層P2上に、下記の硬化層形成用組成物K1をワイヤーバーで連続的に塗布し、塗膜を形成した。
 次に、塗膜を室温乾燥させ、次に、高圧水銀灯を用いて照度28mW/cmの照射条件で15秒間照射することにより、光吸収異方性層P2上に硬化層K1を作製した。
 硬化層K1の膜厚は、0.05μmであった。
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
硬化層形成用組成物K1
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
・下記棒状液晶化合物の混合物L1          2.61質量部
・下記変性トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート  0.11質量部
・下記光重合開始剤I-1              0.05質量部
・下記界面活性剤F-3               0.21質量部
・メチルイソブチルケトン               297質量部
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
<Formation of hardened layer K1>
The following cured layer forming composition K1 was continuously applied with a wire bar on the obtained light absorption anisotropic layer P2 to form a coating film.
Next, the coating film was dried at room temperature, and then irradiated for 15 seconds under an irradiation condition of an illuminance of 28 mW / cm 2 using a high-pressure mercury lamp to prepare a cured layer K1 on the light absorption anisotropic layer P2.
The film thickness of the cured layer K1 was 0.05 μm.
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
Composition for forming a hardened layer K1
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
-Mixture of the following rod-shaped liquid crystal compound L1 2.61 parts by mass-The following modified trimethylolpropane triacrylate 0.11 parts by mass-The following photopolymerization initiator I-1 0.05 parts by mass-The following surfactant F-3 0. 21 parts by mass, methyl isobutyl ketone 297 parts by mass ―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
 棒状液晶化合物の混合物L1(下記式中の数値は質量%を表し、Rは酸素原子で結合する基を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Mixture L1 of rod-shaped liquid crystal compound (The numerical value in the following formula represents mass%, and R represents a group bonded with an oxygen atom.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
 変性トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Modified trimethylolpropane triacrylate
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
 光重合開始剤I-1
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Photopolymerization Initiator I-1
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
 界面活性剤F-3
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Surfactant F-3
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
 <酸素遮断層B2の形成>
 硬化層K1上に、下記の酸素遮断層形成用組成物B2をワイヤーバーで連続的に塗布した。その後、100℃の温風で2分間乾燥することにより、硬化層K1上に厚み1.0μmの酸素遮断層B2を形成し、光吸収異方性層P2を含む偏光フィルム4Bを作製した。
 偏光子の視感度補正単体透過率は、43%であった。
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
酸素遮断層形成用組成物B2
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
・下記の変性ポリビニルアルコール          3.80質量部
・開始剤Irg2959               0.20質量部
・水                          70質量部
・メタノール                      30質量部
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
<Formation of oxygen blocking layer B2>
The following composition for forming an oxygen blocking layer B2 was continuously applied on the cured layer K1 with a wire bar. Then, it was dried with warm air at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes to form an oxygen blocking layer B2 having a thickness of 1.0 μm on the cured layer K1 to prepare a polarizing film 4B containing a light absorption anisotropic layer P2.
The luminous efficiency correction single transmittance of the polarizer was 43%.
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
Oxygen blocking layer forming composition B2
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
-The following modified polyvinyl alcohol 3.80 parts by mass-Initiator Irg2959 0.20 parts by mass-70 parts by mass of water-30 parts by mass of methanol ―――――――――――――――――――― ―――――――――――――
 変性ポリビニルアルコール
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Modified polyvinyl alcohol
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
 偏光フィルム4Bの酸素遮断層B2側と表面保護層H1の支持体S1側とを上記粘着シートN1を用いて貼りつけた。その後、TJ40のみを剥離し、表面保護層H1付き偏光子4を作製した。 The oxygen blocking layer B2 side of the polarizing film 4B and the support S1 side of the surface protective layer H1 were attached using the adhesive sheet N1. Then, only TJ40 was peeled off to prepare a polarizer 4 with a surface protective layer H1.
 <UV接着剤の調製>
 下記の、UV接着剤組成物を調製した。
─────────────────────────────────
UV接着剤組成物
─────────────────────────────────
・CEL2021P(ダイセル社製)           70質量部
・1、4-ブタンジオールジグリシジルエーテル      20質量部
・2-エチルヘキシルグリシジルエーテル         10質量部
・CPI-100P                 2.25質量部
─────────────────────────────────
<Preparation of UV adhesive>
The following UV adhesive composition was prepared.
─────────────────────────────────
UV Adhesive Composition ─────────────────────────────────
・ CEL2021P (manufactured by Daicel) 70 parts by mass ・ 1,4-butanediol diglycidyl ether 20 parts by mass ・ 2-ethylhexyl glycidyl ether 10 parts by mass ・ CPI-100P 2.25 parts by mass ───────── ────────────────────────
 CPI-100P
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
CPI-100P
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
[作製例1]
 〔セルロースアシレートフィルム1の作製〕
 下記の組成物をミキシングタンクに投入し、攪拌して、コア層セルロースアシレートドープとして用いるセルロースアセテート溶液を調製した。
─────────────────────────────────
コア層セルロースアシレートドープ
─────────────────────────────────
・アセチル置換度2.88のセルロースアセテート    100質量部
・特開2015-227955号公報の実施例に
記載されたポリエステル化合物B             12質量部
・下記化合物G                      2質量部
・メチレンクロライド(第1溶媒)           430質量部
・メタノール(第2溶媒)                64質量部
─────────────────────────────────
[Production Example 1]
[Preparation of Cellulose Achillate Film 1]
The following composition was put into a mixing tank and stirred to prepare a cellulose acetate solution to be used as a core layer cellulose acylate dope.
─────────────────────────────────
Core layer Cellulose acylate dope ─────────────────────────────────
100 parts by mass of cellulose acetate having an acetyl substitution degree of 2.88 ・ 12 parts by mass of the polyester compound B described in Examples of JP-A-2015-227955 ・ 2 parts by mass of the following compound G ・ Methylene chloride (first solvent) 430 Parts by mass / methanol (second solvent) 64 parts by mass ─────────────────────────────────
 化合物G
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
Compound G
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
 上記のコア層セルロースアシレートドープ90質量部に下記のマット剤溶液を10質量部加え、外層セルロースアシレートドープとして用いるセルロースアセテート溶液を調製した。
─────────────────────────────────
マット剤溶液
─────────────────────────────────
・平均粒子サイズ20nmのシリカ粒子
(AEROSIL R972、日本アエロジル(株)製)    2質量部
・メチレンクロライド(第1溶媒)            76質量部
・メタノール(第2溶媒)                11質量部
・上記のコア層セルロースアシレートドープ         1質量部
─────────────────────────────────
The following matting solution was added to 90 parts by mass of the above core layer cellulose acylate dope to prepare a cellulose acetate solution to be used as the outer layer cellulose acylate dope.
─────────────────────────────────
Matte solution ─────────────────────────────────
-Silica particles with an average particle size of 20 nm (AEROSIL R972, manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.) 2 parts by mass-Methylene chloride (first solvent) 76 parts by mass-Methanol (second solvent) 11 parts by mass-The above core layer cellulose acid Rate Dope 1 part by mass ─────────────────────────────────
 上記コア層セルロースアシレートドープおよび上記外層セルロースアシレートドープを平均孔径34μmのろ紙および平均孔径10μmの焼結金属フィルターでろ過した後、上記コア層セルロースアシレートドープとその両側に外層セルロースアシレートドープとを3層同時に流延口から20℃のドラム上に流延した(バンド流延機)。溶媒含有率略20質量%の状態でフィルムをドラム上から剥ぎ取り、フィルムの幅方向の両端をテンタークリップで固定し、横方向に延伸倍率1.1倍で延伸しつつ乾燥した。その後、得られたフィルムを熱処理装置のロール間を搬送することにより、さらに乾燥し、厚み20μmのセルロースアシレートフィルム1を作製した。また、得られたセルロースアシレートフィルム1のRe(550)は0nmであった。 After filtering the core layer cellulose acylate dope and the outer layer cellulose acylate dope with a filter paper having an average pore size of 34 μm and a sintered metal filter having an average pore size of 10 μm, the core layer cellulose acylate dope and the outer layer cellulose acylate dope on both sides thereof. And three layers were simultaneously cast on a drum at 20 ° C. from the casting port (band casting machine). The film was peeled off from the drum with a solvent content of about 20% by mass, both ends of the film in the width direction were fixed with tenter clips, and the film was dried while being stretched laterally at a stretching ratio of 1.1 times. Then, the obtained film was conveyed between the rolls of the heat treatment apparatus to be further dried to prepare a cellulose acylate film 1 having a thickness of 20 μm. The Re (550) of the obtained cellulose acylate film 1 was 0 nm.
 〔光配向層1の形成〕
 次に、特開2012-155308号公報の実施例3の記載を参考に、光配向層用塗布液1を調製し、セルロースアシレートフィルム1にワイヤーバーで塗布した。その後、得られたセルロースアシレートフィルム1を60℃の温風で60秒間乾燥し、厚み300nmの塗膜1を作製した。
[Formation of photo-alignment layer 1]
Next, referring to the description of Example 3 of JP2012-155308A, a coating liquid 1 for a photoalignment layer was prepared and coated on a cellulose acylate film 1 with a wire bar. Then, the obtained cellulose acylate film 1 was dried with warm air at 60 ° C. for 60 seconds to prepare a coating film 1 having a thickness of 300 nm.
 続いて、下記組成のポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A1を調製した。
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A1の組成
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
・下記重合性液晶化合物X-1           16.00質量部
・下記特定液晶化合物L-1            42.00質量部
・下記特定液晶化合物L-2            42.00質量部
・下記重合開始剤S-1               0.50質量部
・下記重合性化合物B-1              2.00質量部
・レベリング剤(下記化合物T-1)         0.20質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(溶媒)          230.00質量部
・シクロペンタノン(溶媒)            70.00質量部
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
Subsequently, the composition A1 for forming a positive A plate having the following composition was prepared.
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
Composition of composition A1 for forming a positive A plate ――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
-The following polymerizable liquid crystal compound X-1 16.00 parts by mass-The following specific liquid crystal compound L-1 42.00 parts by mass-The following specific liquid crystal compound L-2 42.00 parts by mass-The following polymerization initiator S-1 0. 50 parts by mass, the following polymerizable compound B-1 2,000 parts by mass, the leveling agent (the following compound T-1) 0.20 parts by mass, methyl ethyl ketone (solvent) 230.00 parts by mass, cyclopentanone (solvent) 70. 00 parts by mass ――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
 作製した塗膜1に、大気下にて超高圧水銀ランプを用いて紫外線を照射した。このとき、ワイヤーグリッド偏光子(Moxtek社製, ProFlux PPL02)を塗膜1の面と平行になるようにセットして露光し、光配向処理を行い、光配向層1を得た。
 この際、紫外線の照度はUV-A領域(紫外線A波、波長320~380nmの積算)において10mJ/cmとした。
The prepared coating film 1 was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in the atmosphere using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp. At this time, a wire grid polarizer (ProFlux PPL02 manufactured by Moxtek, Inc.) was set so as to be parallel to the surface of the coating film 1 and exposed, and photoalignment treatment was performed to obtain a photoalignment layer 1.
At this time, the illuminance of the ultraviolet rays was set to 10 mJ / cm 2 in the UV-A region (ultraviolet A wave, integration of wavelengths of 320 to 380 nm).
 〔ポジティブAプレートA1を含む光学フィルム1の作製〕
 次いで、光配向層1上にポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A1を、バーコーターを用いて塗布した。得られた塗膜を膜面温度100℃で20秒間加熱熟成し、90℃まで冷却した後に、空気下にて空冷メタルハライドランプ(アイグラフィックス(株)製)を用いて300mJ/cmの紫外線を照射して、ネマチック配向状態を固定化することによりポジティブAプレートA1(光学異方性層に該当)を形成し、ポジティブAプレートA1を含む光学フィルム1を作製した。
[Preparation of Optical Film 1 Containing Positive A Plate A1]
Next, the composition A1 for forming a positive A plate was applied onto the photoalignment layer 1 using a bar coater. The obtained coating film is heat-aged at a film surface temperature of 100 ° C. for 20 seconds, cooled to 90 ° C., and then exposed to ultraviolet rays of 300 mJ / cm 2 using an air-cooled metal halide lamp (manufactured by Eye Graphics Co., Ltd.) under air. A positive A plate A1 (corresponding to an optically anisotropic layer) was formed by immobilizing the nematic orientation state, and an optical film 1 containing the positive A plate A1 was produced.
 形成されたポジティブAプレートA1は、膜厚が2.5μmであった。ポジティブAプレートA1のRe(550)は145nm、Rth(550)は73nm、Re(550)/Re(450)は1.13、Re(650)/Re(550)は1.01、光軸のチルト角は0°であり、液晶化合物はホモジニアス配向であった。 The formed positive A plate A1 had a film thickness of 2.5 μm. Re (550) of positive A plate A1 is 145 nm, Rth (550) is 73 nm, Re (550) / Re (450) is 1.13, Re (650) / Re (550) is 1.01, and the optical axis is The tilt angle was 0 ° and the liquid crystal compound was homogeneously oriented.
 〔ポジティブCプレートフィルムを積層した光学異方性フィルム1の作製〕
 次に、光学フィルム1のポジティブAプレートA1側の表面をコロナ処理した後、下記の組成物C-1を、塗布した。形成用仮支持体上に形成された塗膜を加熱雰囲気下60℃まで加熱し、窒素パージ下酸素濃度100ppmで70℃にて紫外線照射(300mJ/cm)を行って液晶性化合物の配向を固定した光学異方性フィルム1を形成した。ポジティブCプレートの厚みは0.4μmであった。
[Preparation of Optically Anisotropic Film 1 in which Positive C Plate Films are Laminated]
Next, the surface of the optical film 1 on the positive A plate A1 side was corona-treated, and then the following composition C-1 was applied. The coating film formed on the temporary support for formation is heated to 60 ° C. under a heating atmosphere, and ultraviolet irradiation (300 mJ / cm 2 ) is performed at 70 ° C. at an oxygen concentration of 100 ppm under a nitrogen purge to orient the liquid crystal compound. A fixed optically anisotropic film 1 was formed. The thickness of the positive C plate was 0.4 μm.
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
(組成物C-1)
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
・下記棒状液晶性化合物(M-1)            83質量部
・下記棒状液晶性化合物(M-2)            15質量部
・下記棒状液晶性化合物(M-3)             2質量部
・下記ウレタンモノマー(EBECRYL1290,
 ダイセル・オルネクス社製)             3.3質量部
・下記重合開始剤(IrgacureOXE01,
 BASF社製)                     4質量部
・下記フッ素系ポリマー(M-4)             3質量部
・下記フッ素系ポリマー(M-5)           0.3質量部
・下記オニウム化合物S01              1.5質量部
・トルエン                      552質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(MEK)            138質量部
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
(Composition C-1)
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
-The following rod-shaped liquid crystal compound (M-1) 83 parts by mass-The following rod-shaped liquid crystal compound (M-2) 15 parts by mass-The following rod-shaped liquid crystal compound (M-3) 2 parts by mass-The following urethane monomer (EBECRYL1290,
(Manufactured by Daicel Ornex) 3.3 parts by mass ・ The following polymerization initiator (IrgacureOXE01,
(Manufactured by BASF) 4 parts by mass, the following fluorine-based polymer (M-4) 3 parts by mass, the following fluorine-based polymer (M-5) 0.3 parts by mass, the following onium compound S01 1.5 parts by mass, toluene 552 parts by mass・ Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) 138 parts by mass ――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
 棒状液晶性化合物(M-1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
Rod-shaped liquid crystal compound (M-1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
 棒状液晶性化合物(M-2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
Rod-shaped liquid crystal compound (M-2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
 棒状液晶性化合物(M-3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
Rod-shaped liquid crystal compound (M-3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
 ウレタンモノマー
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
Urethane monomer
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
 重合開始剤
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
Polymerization initiator
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
 フッ素系ポリマー(M-4)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
Fluorine-based polymer (M-4)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
 フッ素系ポリマー(M-5)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
Fluorine-based polymer (M-5)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
 オニウム塩化合物S01
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
Onium salt compound S01
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
 〔積層体1の作製〕
 上記で作製した光学異方性フィルム1のセルロースアシレートフィルム1側をコロナ処理した後、上記で作製した表面保護層H1付き偏光子1のPVA偏光子側と、上記のPVA接着剤で貼り付けて、作製例1の積層体1とした。このとき、表面保護層H1付き偏光子1に含まれる偏光子の吸収軸と、光学異方性フィルム1に含まれるポジティブAプレートA1の遅相軸とのなす角度が45°となるように貼り合わせた(以下も同様)。
[Preparation of laminated body 1]
After the cellulose acylate film 1 side of the optically anisotropic film 1 produced above is corona-treated, it is attached to the PVA polarizer side of the polarizing element 1 with the surface protective layer H1 produced above and the above PVA adhesive. The laminated body 1 of Production Example 1 was used. At this time, the angle formed by the absorption axis of the polarizing element included in the polarizing element 1 with the surface protective layer H1 and the slow axis of the positive A plate A1 contained in the optically anisotropic film 1 is 45 °. Combined (the same applies below).
[作製例2]
 上記作製例1と同様にして、光学異方性フィルム1のセルロースアシレートフィルム1側と、上記で作製した表面保護層H1付き偏光子2の偏光子保護フィルム側を各々コロナ処理した後、上記のPVA接着剤で貼り付けて、作製例2の積層体2とした。
[Production Example 2]
In the same manner as in Production Example 1, the cellulose acylate film 1 side of the optically anisotropic film 1 and the polarizer protective film side of the polarizing element 2 with the surface protective layer H1 produced above are corona-treated, respectively, and then the above. The laminate 2 of Production Example 2 was obtained by pasting with the PVA adhesive of.
[作製例3]
 上記作製例1と同様にして、光学異方性フィルム1のセルロースアシレートフィルム1側と、上記で作製した表面保護層H1付き偏光子3の偏光子の保護層B1側を各々コロナ処理した後、上記のUV接着剤で貼り付けて、作製例3の積層体2とした。
[Production Example 3]
In the same manner as in Production Example 1, the cellulose acylate film 1 side of the optically anisotropic film 1 and the protective layer B1 side of the polarizer of the polarizer 3 with the surface protective layer H1 prepared above are each corona-treated. , Attached with the above UV adhesive to obtain the laminate 2 of Production Example 3.
[作製例4]
 上記作製例1と同様にして、光学異方性フィルム1のセルロースアシレートフィルム1側と、上記で作製した表面保護層H1付き偏光子4の偏光子の配向層PA1側を各々コロナ処理した後、上記のUV接着剤で貼り付けて、作製例4の積層体4とした。
[Production Example 4]
In the same manner as in Production Example 1, after corona-treating the cellulose acylate film 1 side of the optically anisotropic film 1 and the alignment layer PA1 side of the polarizer of the polarizing element 4 with the surface protective layer H1 produced above, respectively. , The laminate 4 of Production Example 4 was obtained by pasting with the above UV adhesive.
[作製例5]
 表面保護層H2として、低反射表面フィルムCV-LC5(富士フイルム社製、透湿度は1g/m・day以上)を準備した。偏光フィルム4Bの酸素遮断層B2側と表面保護層H2の支持体側とを上記粘着シートを用いて貼りつけた。その後、TJ40のみを剥離し、表面保護層H2付き偏光子4を作製した。
 上記作製例1と同様にして、光学異方性フィルム1のセルロースアシレートフィルム1側と、上記で作製した表面保護層H2付き偏光子4の偏光子の配向層層PA1側を各々コロナ処理した後、上記のUV接着剤で貼り付けて、作製例5の積層体5とした。
[Production Example 5]
As a surface protective layer H2, the low-reflection surface film CV-LC5 (FUJIFILM, moisture permeability 1g / m 2 · day or more) were prepared. The oxygen blocking layer B2 side of the polarizing film 4B and the support side of the surface protective layer H2 were attached using the above adhesive sheet. Then, only TJ40 was peeled off to prepare a polarizer 4 with a surface protective layer H2.
In the same manner as in Production Example 1, the cellulose acylate film 1 side of the optically anisotropic film 1 and the alignment layer layer PA1 side of the polarizer of the polarizer 4 with the surface protective layer H2 prepared above were corona-treated, respectively. After that, it was attached with the above UV adhesive to obtain a laminate 5 of Production Example 5.
[作製例6~29]
 ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A1の代わりに下記表4に示すポジティブAプレート形成用組成物を用い、偏光子1の代わりに下記表4に示す偏光子に変更した以外は、作製例1~4と同様の手順に従って、積層体6~29を作製した。
 以下に、下記表4に示す光学異方性層(ポジティブAプレート)形成用組成物A2~A12の組成を示す。
[Production Examples 6 to 29]
Production Examples 1 to 4 except that the positive A plate forming composition shown in Table 4 below was used instead of the positive A plate forming composition A1 and the polarizer 1 was changed to the polarizer shown in Table 4 below. Laminates 6 to 29 were prepared according to the same procedure as in the above.
The compositions of the compositions A2 to A12 for forming an optically anisotropic layer (positive A plate) shown in Table 4 below are shown below.
(ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A2の調製)
 ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A1において、重合性液晶化合物X-1、特定液晶化合物L-1、および、特定液晶化合物L-2の代わりに、下記特定液晶化合物L-6を100質量部用いた以外は、ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A1と同様の方法で、ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A2を調製した。
(Preparation of composition A2 for forming a positive A plate)
In the positive A plate forming composition A1, 100 parts by mass of the following specific liquid crystal compound L-6 was used instead of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound X-1, the specific liquid crystal compound L-1, and the specific liquid crystal compound L-2. Except for the above, the positive A plate forming composition A2 was prepared in the same manner as the positive A plate forming composition A1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
(ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A3の調製)
 ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A1において、重合性液晶化合物X-1、特定液晶化合物L-1、および、特定液晶化合物L-2の代わりに、下記特定液晶化合物L-9を100質量部用いた以外は、ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A1と同様の方法で、ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A3を調製した。
(Preparation of composition A3 for forming a positive A plate)
In the positive A plate forming composition A1, 100 parts by mass of the following specific liquid crystal compound L-9 was used instead of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound X-1, the specific liquid crystal compound L-1, and the specific liquid crystal compound L-2. Except for the above, the positive A plate forming composition A3 was prepared in the same manner as the positive A plate forming composition A1.
 特定液晶化合物L-9
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
Specific liquid crystal compound L-9
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
(ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A4の調製)
 下記組成のポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A4を調製した。
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A4の組成
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
・下記特定液晶化合物L-17           70.00質量部
・下記特定液晶化合物L-5            30.00質量部
・重合開始剤OXE-03(BASFジャパン社製)  4.00質量部
・アデカアークルズNCI-831(アデカ社製)   5.00質量部
・レベリング剤(上記化合物T-1)         0.10質量部
・酸化防止剤BHT(東京化成工業社製)       0.90質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(溶媒)           60.00質量部
・シクロペンタノン(溶媒)           240.00質量部
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
(Preparation of composition A4 for forming a positive A plate)
A composition A4 for forming a positive A plate having the following composition was prepared.
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
Composition of composition A4 for forming a positive A plate ――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
-The following specified liquid crystal compound L-17 70.00 parts by mass-The following specified liquid crystal compound L-5 30.00 parts by mass-Polymerization initiator OXE-03 (manufactured by BASF Japan) 4.00 parts by mass-Adeca Arclus NCI- 831 (manufactured by Adeca) 5.00 parts by mass, leveling agent (compound T-1) 0.10 parts by mass, antioxidant BHT (manufactured by Tokyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.) 0.90 parts by mass, methyl ethyl ketone (solvent) 60. 00 parts by mass, cyclopentanone (solvent) 240.00 parts by mass ――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
 液晶性化合物L-17
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
Liquid crystal compound L-17
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
(ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A5の調製)
 ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A4において、特定液晶化合物L-17とL-5の代わりに、下記特定液晶化合物L-7を100質量部用いた以外は、ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A4と同様の方法で、ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A5を調製した。
(Preparation of composition A5 for forming a positive A plate)
Similar to the positive A plate forming composition A4, except that 100 parts by mass of the following specified liquid crystal compound L-7 was used in place of the specific liquid crystal compounds L-17 and L-5 in the positive A plate forming composition A4. The composition A5 for forming a positive A plate was prepared by the method of.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
(ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A6の調製)
 ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A4において、特定液晶化合物L-17とL-5の代わりに、下記特定液晶化合物L-8を100質量部用いた以外は、ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A4と同様の方法で、ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A6を調製した。
(Preparation of composition A6 for forming a positive A plate)
Similar to the positive A plate forming composition A4, except that 100 parts by mass of the following specified liquid crystal compound L-8 was used in place of the specific liquid crystal compounds L-17 and L-5 in the positive A plate forming composition A4. The composition A6 for forming a positive A plate was prepared by the method of.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
(ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A7の調製)
 ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A4において、特定液晶化合物L-17とL-5の代わりに、下記特定液晶化合物L-10を100質量部用いた以外は、ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A4と同様の方法で、ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A7を調製した。
(Preparation of Composition A7 for Forming Positive A Plate)
Similar to the positive A plate forming composition A4, except that 100 parts by mass of the following specified liquid crystal compound L-10 was used in place of the specific liquid crystal compounds L-17 and L-5 in the positive A plate forming composition A4. A7, a composition for forming a positive A plate, was prepared by the above method.
 特定液晶化合物L-10
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
Specific liquid crystal compound L-10
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
(ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A8の調製)
 ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A4において、特定液晶化合物L-17とL-5の代わりに、下記特定液晶化合物L-11を100質量部用いた以外は、ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A4と同様の方法で、ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A8を調製した。
(Preparation of Composition A8 for Forming Positive A Plate)
Similar to the positive A plate forming composition A4, except that 100 parts by mass of the following specified liquid crystal compound L-11 was used in place of the specific liquid crystal compounds L-17 and L-5 in the positive A plate forming composition A4. The composition A8 for forming a positive A plate was prepared by the method of.
 特定液晶化合物L-11
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
Specific liquid crystal compound L-11
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
(ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A9の調製)
 ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A4において、特定液晶化合物L-17とL-5の代わりに、下記特定液晶化合物L-12を100質量部用いた以外は、ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A4と同様の方法で、ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A9を調製した。
(Preparation of Composition A9 for Forming Positive A Plate)
Similar to the positive A plate forming composition A4, except that 100 parts by mass of the following specified liquid crystal compound L-12 was used in place of the specific liquid crystal compounds L-17 and L-5 in the positive A plate forming composition A4. The composition A9 for forming a positive A plate was prepared by the method of.
 特定液晶化合物L-12
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093
Specific liquid crystal compound L-12
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093
(ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A10の調製)
 ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A4において、特定液晶化合物L-17とL-5の代わりに、下記特定液晶化合物L-13を100質量部用いた以外は、ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A4と同様の方法で、ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A10を調製した。
(Preparation of Composition A10 for Forming Positive A Plate)
Similar to the positive A plate forming composition A4, except that 100 parts by mass of the following specified liquid crystal compound L-13 was used in place of the specific liquid crystal compounds L-17 and L-5 in the positive A plate forming composition A4. The composition A10 for forming a positive A plate was prepared by the method of.
 特定液晶化合物L-13
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094
Specific liquid crystal compound L-13
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094
(ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A11の調製)
 下記組成のポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A11を調製した。
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A11の組成
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
・下記特定液晶化合物L-14           35.00質量部
・上記重合性液晶化合物X-1           15.00質量部
・下記重合性液晶化合物X-2           35.00質量部
・下記重合性液晶化合物X-3           15.00質量部
・重合開始剤OXE-03(BASFジャパン社製)  5.00質量部
・アデカアークルズNCI-831(アデカ社製)   4.00質量部
・上記酸無水物K-1                4.00質量部
・レベリング剤(上記化合物T-1)         0.10質量部
・酸化防止剤BHT(東京化成工業社製)       0.90質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(溶媒)           60.00質量部
・シクロペンタノン(溶媒)           240.00質量部
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
(Preparation of Composition A11 for Forming Positive A Plate)
A composition A11 for forming a positive A plate having the following composition was prepared.
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
Composition of composition A11 for forming a positive A plate ――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
-The following specific liquid crystal compound L-14 35.00 parts by mass-The above polymerizable liquid crystal compound X-1 15.00 parts by mass-The following polymerizable liquid crystal compound X-2 35.00 parts by mass-The following polymerizable liquid crystal compound X-3 15.00 parts by mass, polymerization initiator OXE-03 (manufactured by BASF Japan) 5.00 parts by mass, Adeca Arckles NCI-831 (manufactured by Adeca) 4.00 parts by mass, the above acid anhydride K-1 4. 00 parts by mass, leveling agent (compound T-1) 0.10 parts by mass, antioxidant BHT (manufactured by Tokyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.) 0.90 parts by mass, methyl ethyl ketone (solvent) 60.00 parts by mass, cyclopentanone ( Solvent) 240.00 parts by mass ――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
 特定液晶化合物L-14
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000095
Specific liquid crystal compound L-14
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000095
 重合性液晶化合物X-2
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000096
Polymerizable liquid crystal compound X-2
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000096
 重合性液晶化合物X-3
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000097
Polymerizable liquid crystal compound X-3
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000097
(ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A12の調製)
 下記組成のポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A12を調製した。
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
ポジティブAプレート形成用組成物A12の組成
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
・下記特定液晶化合物L-15           42.00質量部
・下記特定液晶化合物L-16           42.00質量部
・上記重合性液晶化合物X-1            5.00質量部
・下記重合性液晶化合物X-5           11.00質量部
・上記重合開始剤S-1               0.50質量部
・上記酸無水物K-1                4.00質量部
・上記重合性化合物B-1              2.00質量部
・レベリング剤(上記化合物T-1)         0.23質量部
・メチルエチルケトン(溶媒)           50.00質量部
・シクロペンタノン(溶媒)           250.00質量部
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
(Preparation of composition A12 for forming a positive A plate)
A composition A12 for forming a positive A plate having the following composition was prepared.
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
Composition of composition A12 for forming a positive A plate ――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
-The following specific liquid crystal compound L-15 42.00 parts by mass-The following specific liquid crystal compound L-16 42.00 parts by mass-The above polymerizable liquid crystal compound X-1 5.00 parts by mass-The following polymerizable liquid crystal compound X-5 11 .00 parts by mass, the polymerization initiator S-1 0.50 parts by mass, the acid anhydride K-1 4.00 parts by mass, the polymerizable compound B-1 2.00 parts by mass, the leveling agent (the compound T) -1) 0.23 parts by mass, methyl ethyl ketone (solvent) 50.00 parts by mass, cyclopentanone (solvent) 250.00 parts by mass ―――――――――――――――――――― ―――――――――――――
 特定液晶化合物L-15
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000098
Specific liquid crystal compound L-15
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000098
 特定液晶化合物L-16
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000099
Specific liquid crystal compound L-16
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000099
 重合性液晶化合物X-5
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000100
Polymerizable liquid crystal compound X-5
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000100
 <窒化ケイ素層の作製>
 コーニング社製ガラスEAGLE-XGを、ガラス基材A(厚み:1.1mm)とした。上記ガラス基板AをCVD装置の真空チャンバ内の基板ホルダにセットして、真空チャンバを閉塞した。次いで、真空チャンバ内を排気して、圧力が0.1Paとなった時点で、原料ガスを導入した。なお、シランガスの流量は100cc/min、アンモニアガスの流量は300cc/min、水素ガスの流量は1000cc/minとした。
 真空チャンバ内の圧力が100Paで安定したら、13.5MHzの高周波電源から電極に、2000Wのプラズマ励起電力を供給して、ガラス基板の表面に窒化ケイ素を主成分とするガスバリア膜を成膜し、窒化ケイ素層付きガラス基板とした。
 なお、ガスバリア膜の膜厚は50nmとした。膜厚は、予め行なった実験で制御した。また、成膜中は、基板ホルダが内蔵する温度調節手段によって、基板温度が70℃以下となるように調節した。
 作製したガスバリア膜について、赤外分光装置(日本分光社製 FT-IR6100にATR-PRO410-Sを取り付けた装置)を用いて、FT-IRのATR(全反射型赤外吸収法)モードにおける800~900cm-1に位置するSi-N結合のピーク強度、および3300~3400cm-1に位置するN-H結合のピーク強度を測定した。この測定結果から、Si-N結合のピーク強度とN-H結合のピーク強度との強度比であるNH/SiNを算出した結果、N-H/Si-Nは0.11であった。
 なお、同じ条件で100μPETフィルム(透湿度:3g/m・day)上に窒化ケイ素層を製膜し、水蒸気透過率測定装置(MOCON,INC.製のAQUATRAN2(商標登録))を用いて40℃、90%RHの雰囲気での透湿度を測定した結果、0.9×10-1g/m・day未満であった。すなわち、窒化ケイ素層のみの40℃、90%RHの雰囲気での透湿度は、1×10-1g/m・day未満であった。
<Preparation of silicon nitride layer>
The glass EAGLE-XG manufactured by Corning Inc. was used as a glass substrate A (thickness: 1.1 mm). The glass substrate A was set in the substrate holder in the vacuum chamber of the CVD apparatus, and the vacuum chamber was closed. Next, the inside of the vacuum chamber was exhausted, and when the pressure reached 0.1 Pa, the raw material gas was introduced. The flow rate of silane gas was 100 cc / min, the flow rate of ammonia gas was 300 cc / min, and the flow rate of hydrogen gas was 1000 cc / min.
When the pressure in the vacuum chamber stabilizes at 100 Pa, a plasma excitation power of 2000 W is supplied to the electrodes from a high frequency power supply of 13.5 MHz to form a gas barrier film containing silicon nitride as a main component on the surface of the glass substrate. A glass substrate with a silicon nitride layer was used.
The film thickness of the gas barrier film was 50 nm. The film thickness was controlled by an experiment conducted in advance. Further, during the film formation, the substrate temperature was adjusted to 70 ° C. or lower by the temperature adjusting means built in the substrate holder.
800 in the ATR (total reflection type infrared absorption method) mode of FT-IR using an infrared spectroscope (a device in which ATR-PRO410-S is attached to FT-IR6100 manufactured by JASCO Corporation) for the produced gas barrier film. The peak intensity of the Si—N bond located at ~ 900 cm -1 and the peak intensity of the NH bond located at 3300 to 3400 cm -1 were measured. From this measurement result, NH / SiN, which is the intensity ratio between the peak intensity of the Si—N bond and the peak intensity of the NH bond, was calculated. As a result, NH / Si—N was 0.11.
Incidentally, 100MyuPET film under the same conditions (moisture permeability: 3g / m 2 · day) to form a film of silicon nitride layer on the water vapor permeability measuring apparatus (. MOCON, INC manufactured AQUATRAN2 (registered trademark)) with 40 As a result of measuring the moisture permeability in an atmosphere of 90% RH at ° C, it was less than 0.9 × 10 -1 g / m 2 · day. That is, the moisture permeation of only the silicon nitride layer in an atmosphere of 40 ° C. and 90% RH was less than 1 × 10 -1 g / m 2 · day.
[評価]
 <反射率評価>
 表面反射の影響を除外するため、表面保護層H1,H2の支持体側に、吸収率が高く、全く反射しない黒い糊(カーボンブラック含有)を貼って測定した値を、表面反射率とした。
 有機EL表示装置の代わりに、100μ厚のPETフィルムにアルミホイルを粘着シートN1を用いて貼りつけた反射基板を作製した。この反射基板上に積層体1~29を粘着シートN2を用いて貼りつけ、反射率(全反射)を測定し、上記表面反射率を引き算した値を実効反射率とした。この実効反射率が、偏光子層と光学異方性層とからなる円偏光板の反射防止機能の指標となる。
 全反射率は、分光測色計(コニカミノルタ製)を用いて、観察条件10°視野、観察光源 D65における表示系のY値を全反射率とした。
[Evaluation]
<Reflectance evaluation>
In order to exclude the influence of surface reflection, a value measured by pasting a black glue (containing carbon black) having a high absorption rate and not reflecting at all on the support side of the surface protective layers H1 and H2 was defined as the surface reflectance.
Instead of the organic EL display device, a reflective substrate was prepared by attaching aluminum foil to a PET film having a thickness of 100 μm using an adhesive sheet N1. Laminates 1 to 29 were attached onto the reflective substrate using the adhesive sheet N2, the reflectance (total reflection) was measured, and the value obtained by subtracting the surface reflectance was taken as the effective reflectance. This effective reflectance serves as an index of the antireflection function of the circularly polarizing plate composed of the polarizer layer and the optically anisotropic layer.
For the total reflectance, a spectrocolorimeter (manufactured by Konica Minolta) was used, and the Y value of the display system in the observation condition 10 ° field of view and the observation light source D65 was taken as the total reflectance.
 <湿熱耐久性評価>
 上記窒化ケイ素層付きガラス基板に窒化ケイ素層に対し、上記粘着層N2を用いて、上記積層体1~29のポジティブCプレート側を貼り合わせ、85℃、85%相対湿度、60時間の湿熱耐久テストを行った。
 なお、円偏光板と窒化ケイ素層との間に存在する層は粘着層のみであり、厚みは35μm以下であり、透湿度は100g/m・day以上であった。
 耐久評価後の積層体1~29に対し、上記と同様にして実効反射率の評価を行い、湿熱耐久前後での実効反射率の差を以下の基準に沿って評価した。結果を下記表4に示す。
 AA:反射率差が、0.2%以下
 A:反射率差が、0.2%より大きく、且つ、0.5%以下
 B:反射率差が、0.5%より大きく、且つ、2.0%以下
 C:反射率差が、2.0%より大きい
<Evaluation of wet heat durability>
The positive C plate side of the laminates 1 to 29 is bonded to the silicon nitride layer on the glass substrate with the silicon nitride layer using the adhesive layer N2, and the humidity and heat durability is 85 ° C., 85% relative humidity, and 60 hours. I did a test.
The layer existing between the circularly polarizing plate and the silicon nitride layer was only an adhesive layer, the thickness was 35 μm or less, and the moisture permeability was 100 g / m 2 · day or more.
The effective reflectance of the laminated bodies 1 to 29 after the durability evaluation was evaluated in the same manner as described above, and the difference in the effective reflectance before and after the wet heat durability was evaluated according to the following criteria. The results are shown in Table 4 below.
AA: Reflectance difference is 0.2% or less A: Reflectance difference is larger than 0.2% and 0.5% or less B: Reflectance difference is larger than 0.5% and 2 .0% or less C: Reflectance difference is greater than 2.0%
[作製例30]
 窒化ケイ素層付きガラス基板の代わりに、ガラス基材Aを用いて、上記作製例1の積層体1を上記粘着層N2を用いて貼り合わせた。上記と同様にして、湿熱耐久前後での実効反射率の差を上記基準に沿って評価し、参考データとした。
[Production Example 30]
Instead of the glass substrate with the silicon nitride layer, the glass base material A was used, and the laminate 1 of Production Example 1 was bonded together using the adhesive layer N2. In the same manner as above, the difference in effective reflectance before and after moist heat durability was evaluated according to the above criteria and used as reference data.
 下記表4中、「光学異方性層」欄の「種類」欄は、使用したポジティブAプレート形成用組成物の種類を表す。
 また、「積層体 種類」欄は、使用した積層体の種類を表す。
In Table 4 below, the "type" column in the "optically anisotropic layer" column represents the type of the positive A plate forming composition used.
In addition, the "laminate type" column indicates the type of laminate used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000101
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000101
 上記表4に示す結果から、本発明の作製例は、いずれも湿熱耐久性が良いことが分かった。 From the results shown in Table 4 above, it was found that all of the production examples of the present invention had good moist heat durability.
<有機EL表示装置の作製>
 有機EL表示パネル(有機EL表示素子)搭載のRoyole社製FlexPaiを分解し、有機EL表示装置から、円偏光板を剥離した。
 次いで、単離した有機EL表示パネル(最表面は、窒化ケイ素層)に、上記で作製した積層体1~29をポジティブCプレート1側がパネル側になるように貼合し、有機EL表示装置を作製した。
<Manufacturing of organic EL display device>
The FlexPai manufactured by Royole Co., Ltd. mounted on the organic EL display panel (organic EL display element) was disassembled, and the circularly polarizing plate was peeled off from the organic EL display device.
Next, the laminates 1 to 29 prepared above are bonded to the isolated organic EL display panel (the outermost surface is a silicon nitride layer) so that the positive C plate 1 side is on the panel side, and the organic EL display device is attached. Made.
 作製した有機EL表示装置について、反射防止の効果が発揮されることを確認した。 It was confirmed that the produced organic EL display device exerts an antireflection effect.
 10、20、30,40 有機EL表示装置
 11 表面保護層
 12 偏光子保護フィルム
 13 偏光子
 14 偏光子保護フィルム
 15 ポジティブAプレート
 16 ポジティブCプレート
 17 窒化ケイ素層
 18 有機EL表示素子
 20 粘着層
10, 20, 30, 40 Organic EL display device 11 Surface protective layer 12 Polarizer protective film 13 Polarizer 14 Polarizer protective film 15 Positive A plate 16 Positive C plate 17 Silicon nitride layer 18 Organic EL display element 20 Adhesive layer

Claims (10)

  1.  視認側から、円偏光板と、粘着層と、窒化ケイ素層と、一対の電極およびその間に挟まれた有機発光層を有する有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示素子と、をこの順で少なくとも含む有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置であって、
     前記円偏光板が、偏光子および光学異方性層を有し、
     前記偏光子が、二色性有機色素を有する偏光子であり、
     前記光学異方性層が、重合性液晶化合物を含む組成物を用いて形成された層であり、
     前記円偏光板と前記窒化ケイ素層との間に存在する層の厚みが35μm以下である、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置。
    From the visual side, an organic electroluminescence display device including at least a circularly polarizing plate, an adhesive layer, a silicon nitride layer, a pair of electrodes, and an organic electroluminescence display element having an organic light emitting layer sandwiched between them in this order. And
    The circularly polarizing plate has a polarizer and an optically anisotropic layer.
    The polarizer is a polarizer having a dichroic organic dye.
    The optically anisotropic layer is a layer formed by using a composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
    An organic electroluminescence display device in which the thickness of the layer existing between the circularly polarizing plate and the silicon nitride layer is 35 μm or less.
  2.  前記偏光子が、前記二色性有機色素および重合性液晶化合物を含む組成物を用いて形成された、請求項1に記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置。 The organic electroluminescence display device according to claim 1, wherein the polarizer is formed by using a composition containing the dichroic organic dye and a polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
  3.  前記円偏光板と前記窒化ケイ素層との間に存在する層の透湿度が100g/m・day以上である、請求項1または2に記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置。 Moisture permeability of the layer is 100 g / m 2 · day or more existing between the silicon nitride layer and the circularly polarizing plate, an organic electroluminescent display device according to claim 1 or 2.
  4.  前記光学異方性層の形成に用いる前記組成物が、下記式(II)で表される部分構造を有する重合性液晶化合物を含む、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置。
     *-D-Ar-D-*   ・・・(II)
     前記式(II)中、
     D及びDは、それぞれ独立に、単結合、-O-、-CO-、-CO-O-、-C(=S)O-、-CR-、-CR-CR-、-O-CR-、-CR-O-CR-、-CO-O-CR-、-O-CO-CR-、-CR-CR-O-CO-、-CR-O-CO-CR-、-CR-CO-O-CR-、-NR-CR-、又は、-CO-NR-を表す。
     R、R、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表す。
     Arは、下記式(Ar-1)~(Ar-7)で表される基からなる群から選択されるいずれかの芳香環を表す。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
     前記式(Ar-1)~(Ar-7)中、
     *は、D又はDとの結合位置を表す。
     Qは、N又はCHを表す。
     Qは、-S-、-O-、又は、-N(R)-を表し、Rは、水素原子又は炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表す。
     Yは、置換基を有してもよい、炭素数6~12の芳香族炭化水素基、又は、炭素数3~12の芳香族複素環基を表す。
     Z、Z及びZは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~20の1価の脂肪族炭化水素基、炭素数3~20の1価の脂環式炭化水素基、炭素数6~20の1価の芳香族炭化水素基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、-OR、-NR10、又は、-SR11を表し、R~R11は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表し、Z及びZは、互いに結合して芳香環を形成してもよい。
     A及びAは、それぞれ独立に、-O-、-N(R12)-、-S-、及び、-CO-からなる群から選択される基を表し、R12は、水素原子又は置換基を表す。
     Xは、水素原子又は置換基が結合していてもよい、第14~16族の非金属原子を表す。
     D及びDは、それぞれ独立に、単結合、又は、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-C(=S)-、-CR1a2a-、-CR3a=CR4a-、-NR5a-、もしくは、これらの2つ以上の組み合わせからなる2価の連結基を表し、R1a~R5aは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、又は、炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表す。
     SP及びSPは、それぞれ独立に、単結合、炭素数1~12の直鎖状もしくは分岐鎖状のアルキレン基、又は、炭素数1~12の直鎖状もしくは分岐鎖状のアルキレン基を構成する-CH-の1個以上が-O-、-S-、-NH-、-N(Q)-、もしくは、-CO-に置換された2価の連結基を表し、Qは、置換基を表す。
     L及びLは、それぞれ独立に1価の有機基を表す。
     Axは、芳香族炭化水素環及び芳香族複素環からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1つの芳香環を有する、炭素数2~30の有機基を表す。
     Ayは、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~12のアルキル基、又は、芳香族炭化水素環及び芳香族複素環からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの芳香環を有する、炭素数2~30の有機基を表す。
     Ax及びAyにおける芳香環は、置換基を有していてもよく、AxとAyとが結合して環を形成していてもよい。
     Qは、水素原子、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表す。
    The organic electroluminescence according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the composition used for forming the optically anisotropic layer contains a polymerizable liquid crystal compound having a partial structure represented by the following formula (II). Luminescence display device.
    * -D 1 -Ar-D 2- * ... (II)
    In the formula (II),
    D 1 and D 2 are independently single-bonded, -O-, -CO-, -CO-O-, -C (= S) O-, -CR 1 R 2- , -CR 1 R 2- CR 3 R 4 -, - O -CR 1 R 2 -, - CR 1 R 2 -O-CR 3 R 4 -, - CO-O-CR 1 R 2 -, - O-CO-CR 1 R 2 - , -CR 1 R 2 -CR 3 R 4 -O-CO -, - CR 1 R 2 -O-CO-CR 3 R 4 -, - CR 1 R 2 -CO-O-CR 3 R 4 -, - It represents NR 1- CR 2 R 3- or -CO-NR 1- .
    R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
    Ar represents any aromatic ring selected from the group consisting of groups represented by the following formulas (Ar-1) to (Ar-7).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    In the formulas (Ar-1) to (Ar-7),
    * Represents the bonding position with D 1 or D 2.
    Q 1 is represents N or CH.
    Q 2 is, -S -, - O-, or, -N (R 7) - represents, R 7 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
    Y 1 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms or an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent.
    Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 independently have a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a monovalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of carbon atoms. 6 to 20 monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups, halogen atoms, cyano groups, nitro groups, -OR 8 , -NR 9 R 10 , or -SR 11 are represented, and R 8 to R 11 are independent of each other. , A hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and Z 1 and Z 2 may be bonded to each other to form an aromatic ring.
    A 1 and A 2 each independently represent a group selected from the group consisting of -O-, -N (R 12 )-, -S-, and -CO-, where R 12 is a hydrogen atom or Represents a substituent.
    X represents a non-metal atom of Group 14-16 to which a hydrogen atom or a substituent may be bonded.
    D 4 and D 5 are independently single-bonded or -CO-, -O-, -S- , -C (= S)-, -CR 1a R 2a-, -CR 3a = CR 4a- , -NR 5a- , or a divalent linking group consisting of two or more of these, and R 1a to R 5a are independently hydrogen atoms, fluorine atoms, or carbon atoms 1 to 4, respectively. Represents an alkyl group.
    SP 1 and SP 2 independently have a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. One or more of the constituent -CH 2- represents a divalent linking group substituted with -O-, -S-, -NH-, -N (Q)-, or -CO-, where Q represents a divalent linking group. Represents a substituent.
    L 3 and L 4 each independently represent a monovalent organic group.
    Ax represents an organic group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms and having at least one aromatic ring selected from the group consisting of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring and an aromatic heterocycle.
    Ay has a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or at least one aromatic ring selected from the group consisting of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring and an aromatic heterocycle. , Represents an organic group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms.
    The aromatic ring in Ax and Ay may have a substituent, or Ax and Ay may be bonded to form a ring.
    Q 3 are a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  5.  前記光学異方性層の波長450nmで測定した面内レターデーション値であるRe(450)と、前記光学異方性層の波長550nmで測定した面内レターデーション値であるRe(550)と、前記光学異方性層の波長650nmで測定した面内レターデーションの値であるRe(650)とが、Re(450)≦Re(550)≦Re(650)の関係を満たす、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置。 Re (450), which is an in-plane retardation value measured at a wavelength of 450 nm of the optically anisotropic layer, and Re (550), which is an in-plane retardation value measured at a wavelength of 550 nm of the optically anisotropic layer, Claims 1 to 1, wherein Re (650), which is a value of in-plane retardation measured at a wavelength of 650 nm of the optically anisotropic layer, satisfies the relationship of Re (450) ≤ Re (550) ≤ Re (650). 4. The organic electroluminescence display device according to any one of 4.
  6.  前記光学異方性層がポジティブAプレートである、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置。 The organic electroluminescence display device according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the optically anisotropic layer is a positive A plate.
  7.  前記光学異方性層がλ/4板である、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置。 The organic electroluminescence display device according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the optically anisotropic layer is a λ / 4 plate.
  8.  前記光学異方性層の遅相軸と前記偏光子の吸収軸とのなす角度が45°±10°である、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置。 The organic electroluminescence display device according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the angle formed by the slow axis of the optically anisotropic layer and the absorption axis of the polarizer is 45 ° ± 10 °.
  9.  前記偏光子が、前記二色性有機色素および重合性液晶化合物を含む組成物から形成され、前記重合性液晶化合物が前記組成物の固形分質量の60質量%以上である、請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置。 Claims 1 to 8 wherein the polarizer is formed from a composition containing the dichroic organic dye and a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is 60% by mass or more of the solid content mass of the composition. The organic electroluminescent display device according to any one of the above items.
  10.  前記円偏光板の視認側に表面保護層を有し、前記表面保護層の透湿度が1g/m・day以上である、請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置。 Has a surface protective layer on the viewing side of the circularly polarizing plate, the moisture permeability of the surface protective layer is is 1g / m 2 · day or more, the organic electroluminescent display according to any one of claims 1 to 9 apparatus.
PCT/JP2020/043544 2019-12-17 2020-11-24 Organic electroluminescent display device WO2021124803A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021565401A JP7271721B2 (en) 2019-12-17 2020-11-24 organic electroluminescence display

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019227303 2019-12-17
JP2019-227303 2019-12-17
JP2020178253 2020-10-23
JP2020-178253 2020-10-23

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021124803A1 true WO2021124803A1 (en) 2021-06-24

Family

ID=76477240

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2020/043544 WO2021124803A1 (en) 2019-12-17 2020-11-24 Organic electroluminescent display device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7271721B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2021124803A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022153667A1 (en) * 2021-01-18 2022-07-21 住友化学株式会社 Composition, film, laminate, and display device
WO2023054087A1 (en) * 2021-09-29 2023-04-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Circularly polarizing plate and self-luminous display device
CN116814275A (en) * 2023-08-30 2023-09-29 南昌虚拟现实研究院股份有限公司 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal optical element comprising same
WO2024048193A1 (en) * 2022-08-30 2024-03-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Light-absorbing anisotropic film, manufacturing method thereof, laminate, and image display device

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007171914A (en) * 2005-11-24 2007-07-05 Mitsubishi Gas Chem Co Inc Retardation film
JP2011207765A (en) * 2009-03-16 2011-10-20 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Compound, optical film and method for producing optical film
WO2013065587A1 (en) * 2011-10-31 2013-05-10 コニカミノルタアドバンストレイヤー株式会社 Circular polarizing plate for organic electroluminescence provided with adhesive layer, and organic electroluminescence display device equipped with same
JP2013210624A (en) * 2012-02-28 2013-10-10 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Polarization film, circular polarization plate and method for manufacturing the same
WO2014010325A1 (en) * 2012-07-09 2014-01-16 日本ゼオン株式会社 Polymerizable compound, polymerizable composition, polymer, optically anisotropic body, and method for producing polymerizable compound
JP2016091022A (en) * 2014-10-31 2016-05-23 住友化学株式会社 Optical anisotropic film and production method of optical anisotropic film
JP2016170368A (en) * 2015-03-16 2016-09-23 住友化学株式会社 Polarizing plate and circularly polarizing plate
WO2016194801A1 (en) * 2015-05-29 2016-12-08 富士フイルム株式会社 Organic electroluminescent display device
JP2019197181A (en) * 2018-05-11 2019-11-14 住友化学株式会社 Polarizing plate and display device

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018180938A1 (en) 2017-03-30 2018-10-04 シャープ株式会社 Display device and method for manufacturing display device
JP2019148734A (en) 2018-02-28 2019-09-05 住友化学株式会社 Circularly polarizing plate

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007171914A (en) * 2005-11-24 2007-07-05 Mitsubishi Gas Chem Co Inc Retardation film
JP2011207765A (en) * 2009-03-16 2011-10-20 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Compound, optical film and method for producing optical film
WO2013065587A1 (en) * 2011-10-31 2013-05-10 コニカミノルタアドバンストレイヤー株式会社 Circular polarizing plate for organic electroluminescence provided with adhesive layer, and organic electroluminescence display device equipped with same
JP2013210624A (en) * 2012-02-28 2013-10-10 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Polarization film, circular polarization plate and method for manufacturing the same
WO2014010325A1 (en) * 2012-07-09 2014-01-16 日本ゼオン株式会社 Polymerizable compound, polymerizable composition, polymer, optically anisotropic body, and method for producing polymerizable compound
JP2016091022A (en) * 2014-10-31 2016-05-23 住友化学株式会社 Optical anisotropic film and production method of optical anisotropic film
JP2016170368A (en) * 2015-03-16 2016-09-23 住友化学株式会社 Polarizing plate and circularly polarizing plate
WO2016194801A1 (en) * 2015-05-29 2016-12-08 富士フイルム株式会社 Organic electroluminescent display device
JP2019197181A (en) * 2018-05-11 2019-11-14 住友化学株式会社 Polarizing plate and display device

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022153667A1 (en) * 2021-01-18 2022-07-21 住友化学株式会社 Composition, film, laminate, and display device
WO2023054087A1 (en) * 2021-09-29 2023-04-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Circularly polarizing plate and self-luminous display device
WO2024048193A1 (en) * 2022-08-30 2024-03-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Light-absorbing anisotropic film, manufacturing method thereof, laminate, and image display device
CN116814275A (en) * 2023-08-30 2023-09-29 南昌虚拟现实研究院股份有限公司 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal optical element comprising same
CN116814275B (en) * 2023-08-30 2023-12-12 南昌虚拟现实研究院股份有限公司 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal optical element comprising same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP7271721B2 (en) 2023-05-11
JPWO2021124803A1 (en) 2021-06-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021124803A1 (en) Organic electroluminescent display device
JP7265024B2 (en) Liquid crystal composition, optically anisotropic layer, optical film, polarizing plate and image display device
JP7008831B2 (en) Laminates and image display devices
CN111527425B (en) Light-absorbing anisotropic film, optical laminate, and image display device
JP4737629B2 (en) Elliptical polarizing plate and image display device using the same
JP7182533B2 (en) Liquid crystal composition, optically anisotropic layer, optical film, polarizing plate and image display device
WO2019167926A1 (en) Multilayer body, organic electroluminescent device and liquid crystal display device
WO2021111861A1 (en) Layered body, optical device, and display device
US11487055B2 (en) Laminate
JP7350855B2 (en) Liquid crystal composition, liquid crystal layer, laminate, and image display device
JP7335900B2 (en) Polarizing plate, liquid crystal display device, organic electroluminescence device
JP2023174691A (en) Laminate and image display device
WO2021039625A1 (en) Organic electroluminescence display device
CN114341274A (en) Composition, polarizer layer, laminate, and image display device
JP7417623B2 (en) Optical laminates, polarizing plates, and image display devices
WO2021166694A1 (en) Optical layered body and display device
WO2023276730A1 (en) Light absorption anisotropic film, optical film, and image display device
WO2023149359A1 (en) Optical laminate and image display device
WO2022045188A1 (en) Optical film, circularly polarizing plate, and organic electroluminescence display device
US20240094452A1 (en) Light absorption anisotropic layer, laminate, display device, infrared light irradiation device, and infrared light sensing device
WO2022071040A1 (en) Laminate, polarizing plate, and image display device
KR20230038790A (en) Circular polarizing plate, organic electroluminescence display device, display device
JP2023073123A (en) Polarizer with phase difference layer and image display device with the same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20901533

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021565401

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20901533

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1